1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021, 2023 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 103 * on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 113 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 114 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 115 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 116 * restrictions. 117 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 118 */ 119 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 120 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 122 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 123 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 124 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 125 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 129 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19, 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20, 141 }; 142 143 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 144 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 145 146 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 147 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 148 149 /** 150 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 151 * 152 * This structure describes a single channel for use 153 * with cfg80211. 154 * 155 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 156 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 157 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 158 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 159 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 160 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 161 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 162 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 163 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 164 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 165 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 166 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 167 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 168 * @orig_mag: internal use 169 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 170 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 171 * on this channel. 172 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 173 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 174 */ 175 struct ieee80211_channel { 176 enum nl80211_band band; 177 u32 center_freq; 178 u16 freq_offset; 179 u16 hw_value; 180 u32 flags; 181 int max_antenna_gain; 182 int max_power; 183 int max_reg_power; 184 bool beacon_found; 185 u32 orig_flags; 186 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 187 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 188 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 189 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 190 }; 191 192 /** 193 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 194 * 195 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 196 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 197 * different bands/PHY modes. 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 200 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 201 * with CCK rates. 202 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 203 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 204 * core code when registering the wiphy. 205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 206 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 207 * core code when registering the wiphy. 208 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 209 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 210 * core code when registering the wiphy. 211 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 212 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 213 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 214 */ 215 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 216 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 217 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 218 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 219 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 220 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 221 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 222 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 223 }; 224 225 /** 226 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 227 * 228 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 229 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 230 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 231 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 232 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 233 */ 234 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 235 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 236 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 237 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 238 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 239 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 240 }; 241 242 /** 243 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 244 * 245 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 246 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 247 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 248 */ 249 enum ieee80211_privacy { 250 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 251 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 252 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 253 }; 254 255 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 256 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 257 258 /** 259 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 260 * 261 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 262 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 263 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 264 * passed around. 265 * 266 * @flags: rate-specific flags 267 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 268 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 269 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 270 * short preamble is used 271 */ 272 struct ieee80211_rate { 273 u32 flags; 274 u16 bitrate; 275 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 276 }; 277 278 /** 279 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 280 * 281 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 282 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 283 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 284 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 285 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 286 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 287 * members of the SRG 288 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 289 * used by members of the SRG 290 */ 291 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 292 bool enable; 293 u8 sr_ctrl; 294 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 295 u8 min_offset; 296 u8 max_offset; 297 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 298 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 299 }; 300 301 /** 302 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 303 * 304 * @color: the current color. 305 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 306 * @partial: define the AID equation. 307 */ 308 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 309 u8 color; 310 bool enabled; 311 bool partial; 312 }; 313 314 /** 315 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 316 * 317 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 318 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 319 * 320 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 321 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 322 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 323 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 324 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 325 */ 326 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 327 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 328 bool ht_supported; 329 u8 ampdu_factor; 330 u8 ampdu_density; 331 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 332 }; 333 334 /** 335 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 336 * 337 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 338 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 339 * 340 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 341 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 342 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 343 */ 344 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 345 bool vht_supported; 346 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 347 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 348 }; 349 350 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 351 352 /** 353 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 354 * 355 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 356 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 357 * 358 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 359 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 360 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 361 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 362 */ 363 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 364 bool has_he; 365 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 366 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 367 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 368 }; 369 370 /** 371 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 372 * 373 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 374 * and NSS Set field" 375 * 376 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 377 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 378 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 379 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 380 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 381 */ 382 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 383 union { 384 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 385 struct { 386 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 387 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 388 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 389 } __packed bw; 390 } __packed; 391 } __packed; 392 393 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 394 395 /** 396 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 397 * 398 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 399 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 400 * 401 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 402 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 403 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 404 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 405 */ 406 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 407 bool has_eht; 408 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 409 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 410 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 411 }; 412 413 /** 414 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 415 * 416 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 417 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 418 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 419 * 420 * @types_mask: interface types mask 421 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 422 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 423 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 424 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 425 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 426 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 427 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 428 */ 429 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 430 u16 types_mask; 431 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 432 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 433 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 434 struct { 435 const u8 *data; 436 unsigned int len; 437 } vendor_elems; 438 }; 439 440 /** 441 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 442 * 443 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 444 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 445 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 446 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 447 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 448 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 449 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 450 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 451 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 452 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 453 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 454 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 455 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 456 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 457 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 458 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 459 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 460 */ 461 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 462 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 463 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 464 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 465 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 466 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 467 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 468 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 469 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 470 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 471 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 472 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 473 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 474 }; 475 476 /** 477 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 478 * 479 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 480 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 481 * 482 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 483 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 484 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 485 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 486 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 487 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 488 */ 489 struct ieee80211_edmg { 490 u8 channels; 491 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 492 }; 493 494 /** 495 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 496 * 497 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 498 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 499 * 500 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 501 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 502 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 503 */ 504 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 505 bool s1g; 506 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 507 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 508 }; 509 510 /** 511 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 512 * 513 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 514 * is able to operate in. 515 * 516 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 517 * in this band. 518 * @band: the band this structure represents 519 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 520 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 521 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 522 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 523 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 524 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 525 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 526 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 527 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 528 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 529 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 530 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 531 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 532 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 533 * iftype_data). 534 */ 535 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 536 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 537 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 538 enum nl80211_band band; 539 int n_channels; 540 int n_bitrates; 541 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 542 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 543 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 544 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 545 u16 n_iftype_data; 546 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 547 }; 548 549 /** 550 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 551 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 552 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 553 * 554 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 555 */ 556 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 557 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 558 u8 iftype) 559 { 560 int i; 561 562 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 563 return NULL; 564 565 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 566 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 567 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 568 569 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 570 return data; 571 } 572 573 return NULL; 574 } 575 576 /** 577 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 578 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 579 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 580 * 581 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 582 */ 583 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 584 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 585 u8 iftype) 586 { 587 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 588 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 589 590 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 591 return &data->he_cap; 592 593 return NULL; 594 } 595 596 /** 597 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 598 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 599 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 600 * 601 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 602 */ 603 static inline __le16 604 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 605 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 606 { 607 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 608 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 609 610 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 611 return 0; 612 613 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 614 } 615 616 /** 617 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 618 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 619 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 620 * 621 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 622 */ 623 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 624 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 625 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 626 { 627 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 628 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 629 630 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 631 return &data->eht_cap; 632 633 return NULL; 634 } 635 636 /** 637 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 638 * 639 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 640 * 641 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 642 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 643 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 644 * 645 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 646 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 647 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 648 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 649 * without affecting other devices. 650 * 651 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 652 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 653 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 654 */ 655 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 656 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 657 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 658 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 659 { 660 } 661 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 662 663 664 /* 665 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 666 */ 667 668 /** 669 * DOC: Actions and configuration 670 * 671 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 672 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 673 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 674 * operations use are described separately. 675 * 676 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 677 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 678 * 679 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 680 * in a separate chapter. 681 */ 682 683 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 684 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 685 686 /** 687 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 688 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 689 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 690 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 691 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 692 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 693 * determine the address as needed. 694 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 695 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 696 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 697 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 698 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 699 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 700 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 701 */ 702 struct vif_params { 703 u32 flags; 704 int use_4addr; 705 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 706 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 707 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 708 }; 709 710 /** 711 * struct key_params - key information 712 * 713 * Information about a key 714 * 715 * @key: key material 716 * @key_len: length of key material 717 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 718 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 719 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 720 * length given by @seq_len. 721 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 722 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 723 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 724 */ 725 struct key_params { 726 const u8 *key; 727 const u8 *seq; 728 int key_len; 729 int seq_len; 730 u16 vlan_id; 731 u32 cipher; 732 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 733 }; 734 735 /** 736 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 737 * @chan: the (control) channel 738 * @width: channel width 739 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 740 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 741 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 742 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 743 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 744 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 745 * parameters are ignored. 746 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 747 */ 748 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 749 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 750 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 751 u32 center_freq1; 752 u32 center_freq2; 753 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 754 u16 freq1_offset; 755 }; 756 757 /* 758 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 759 */ 760 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 761 struct { 762 u32 legacy; 763 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 764 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 765 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 766 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 767 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 768 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 769 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 770 }; 771 772 773 /** 774 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 775 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 776 * of the peer. 777 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 778 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 779 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 780 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 781 * @retry_long: retry count value 782 * @retry_short: retry count value 783 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 784 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 785 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 786 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 787 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 788 */ 789 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 790 bool config_override; 791 u8 tids; 792 u64 mask; 793 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 794 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 795 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 796 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 797 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 798 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 799 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 800 }; 801 802 /** 803 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 804 * @peer: Station's MAC address 805 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 806 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 807 */ 808 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 809 const u8 *peer; 810 u32 n_tid_conf; 811 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 812 }; 813 814 /** 815 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 816 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 817 * @kek: FILS KEK 818 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 819 * @snonce: STA Nonce 820 * @anonce: AP Nonce 821 */ 822 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 823 const u8 *macaddr; 824 const u8 *kek; 825 u8 kek_len; 826 const u8 *snonce; 827 const u8 *anonce; 828 }; 829 830 /** 831 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 832 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 833 * addresses. 834 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 835 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 836 */ 837 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 838 const u8 *macaddr; 839 bool enable; 840 }; 841 842 /** 843 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 844 * @chandef: the channel definition 845 * 846 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 847 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 848 */ 849 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 850 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 851 { 852 switch (chandef->width) { 853 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 854 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 855 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 856 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 857 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 858 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 859 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 860 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 861 default: 862 WARN_ON(1); 863 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 864 } 865 } 866 867 /** 868 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 869 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 870 * @channel: the control channel 871 * @chantype: the channel type 872 * 873 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 874 */ 875 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 876 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 877 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 878 879 /** 880 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 881 * @chandef1: first channel definition 882 * @chandef2: second channel definition 883 * 884 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 885 * identical, %false otherwise. 886 */ 887 static inline bool 888 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 889 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 890 { 891 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 892 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 893 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 894 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 895 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 896 } 897 898 /** 899 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 900 * 901 * @chandef: the channel definition 902 * 903 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 904 */ 905 static inline bool 906 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 907 { 908 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 909 } 910 911 /** 912 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 913 * @chandef1: first channel definition 914 * @chandef2: second channel definition 915 * 916 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 917 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 918 */ 919 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 920 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 921 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 922 923 /** 924 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 925 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 926 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 927 */ 928 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 929 930 /** 931 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 932 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 933 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 934 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 935 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 936 */ 937 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 938 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 939 u32 prohibited_flags); 940 941 /** 942 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 943 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 944 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 945 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 946 * Returns: 947 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 948 */ 949 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 950 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 951 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 952 953 /** 954 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 955 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 956 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 957 * 958 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 959 **/ 960 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 961 962 /** 963 * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width 964 * @width: the channel width of the channel 965 * 966 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 967 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 968 * 969 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width 970 */ 971 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 972 ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width) 973 { 974 switch (width) { 975 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 976 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 977 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 978 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 979 default: 980 break; 981 } 982 return 0; 983 } 984 985 /** 986 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 987 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 988 * 989 * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(). 990 * 991 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 992 */ 993 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 994 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 995 { 996 return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width); 997 } 998 999 /** 1000 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1001 * 1002 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1003 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1004 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1005 * 1006 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1007 * 1008 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1009 */ 1010 static inline int 1011 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1012 { 1013 switch (chandef->width) { 1014 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1015 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1016 chandef->chan->max_power); 1017 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1018 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1019 chandef->chan->max_power); 1020 default: 1021 break; 1022 } 1023 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1024 } 1025 1026 /** 1027 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1028 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1029 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1030 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1031 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1032 */ 1033 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1034 unsigned long band_mask, 1035 u32 prohibited_flags); 1036 1037 /** 1038 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1039 * 1040 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1041 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1042 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1043 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1044 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1045 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1046 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1047 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1048 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1049 * 1050 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1051 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1052 */ 1053 enum survey_info_flags { 1054 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1055 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1056 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1057 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1058 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1059 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1060 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1061 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1062 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1063 }; 1064 1065 /** 1066 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1067 * 1068 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1069 * record to report global statistics 1070 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1071 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1072 * optional 1073 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1074 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1075 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1076 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1077 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1078 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1079 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1080 * 1081 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1082 * 1083 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1084 * channel duty cycle etc. 1085 */ 1086 struct survey_info { 1087 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1088 u64 time; 1089 u64 time_busy; 1090 u64 time_ext_busy; 1091 u64 time_rx; 1092 u64 time_tx; 1093 u64 time_scan; 1094 u64 time_bss_rx; 1095 u32 filled; 1096 s8 noise; 1097 }; 1098 1099 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1100 1101 /** 1102 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1103 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1104 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1105 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1106 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1107 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1108 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1109 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1110 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1111 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1112 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1113 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1114 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1115 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1116 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1117 * protocol frames. 1118 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1119 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1120 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1121 * port for mac80211 1122 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1123 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1124 * offload) 1125 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1126 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1127 * 1128 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1129 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1130 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1131 * such a scenario. 1132 * 1133 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1134 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1135 * 1136 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1137 * Allow hash-to-element only 1138 * 1139 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1140 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1141 */ 1142 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1143 u32 wpa_versions; 1144 u32 cipher_group; 1145 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1146 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1147 int n_akm_suites; 1148 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1149 bool control_port; 1150 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1151 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1152 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1153 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1154 const u8 *psk; 1155 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1156 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1157 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1158 }; 1159 1160 /** 1161 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1162 * 1163 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1164 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1165 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1166 */ 1167 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1168 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1169 u8 index; 1170 bool ema; 1171 }; 1172 1173 /** 1174 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1175 * 1176 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1177 * 1178 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1179 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1180 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1181 */ 1182 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1183 u8 cnt; 1184 struct { 1185 const u8 *data; 1186 size_t len; 1187 } elem[]; 1188 }; 1189 1190 /** 1191 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1192 * 1193 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1194 * 1195 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1196 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1197 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1198 */ 1199 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1200 u8 cnt; 1201 struct { 1202 const u8 *data; 1203 size_t len; 1204 } elem[]; 1205 }; 1206 1207 /** 1208 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1209 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1210 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1211 * or %NULL if not changed 1212 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1213 * or %NULL if not changed 1214 * @head_len: length of @head 1215 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1216 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1217 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1218 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1219 * frames or %NULL 1220 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1221 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1222 * Response frames or %NULL 1223 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1224 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1225 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1226 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1227 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1228 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1229 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1230 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1231 * (measurement type 8) 1232 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1233 * Token (measurement type 11) 1234 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1235 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1236 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1237 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1238 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1239 */ 1240 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1241 unsigned int link_id; 1242 1243 const u8 *head, *tail; 1244 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1245 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1246 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1247 const u8 *probe_resp; 1248 const u8 *lci; 1249 const u8 *civicloc; 1250 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1251 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1252 s8 ftm_responder; 1253 1254 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1255 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1256 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1257 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1258 size_t probe_resp_len; 1259 size_t lci_len; 1260 size_t civicloc_len; 1261 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1262 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1263 }; 1264 1265 struct mac_address { 1266 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1267 }; 1268 1269 /** 1270 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1271 * 1272 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1273 * entry specified by mac_addr 1274 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1275 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1276 */ 1277 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1278 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1279 int n_acl_entries; 1280 1281 /* Keep it last */ 1282 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1283 }; 1284 1285 /** 1286 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1287 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1288 * 1289 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1290 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1291 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1292 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1293 * frame headers. 1294 */ 1295 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1296 u32 min_interval; 1297 u32 max_interval; 1298 size_t tmpl_len; 1299 const u8 *tmpl; 1300 }; 1301 1302 /** 1303 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1304 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1305 * 1306 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1307 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1308 * scanning 1309 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1310 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1311 */ 1312 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1313 u32 interval; 1314 size_t tmpl_len; 1315 const u8 *tmpl; 1316 }; 1317 1318 /** 1319 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1320 * 1321 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1322 * 1323 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1324 * @beacon: beacon data 1325 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1326 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1327 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1328 * user space) 1329 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1330 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1331 * @crypto: crypto settings 1332 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1333 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1334 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1335 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1336 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1337 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1338 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1339 * MAC address based access control 1340 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1341 * networks. 1342 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1343 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1344 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1345 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1346 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1347 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1348 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1349 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1350 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1351 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1352 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1353 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1354 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1355 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1356 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1357 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1358 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1359 * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents 1360 * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel. 1361 * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. 1362 */ 1363 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1364 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1365 1366 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1367 1368 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1369 const u8 *ssid; 1370 size_t ssid_len; 1371 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1372 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1373 bool privacy; 1374 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1375 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1376 int inactivity_timeout; 1377 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1378 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1379 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1380 bool pbss; 1381 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1382 1383 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1384 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1385 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1386 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1387 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1388 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1389 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1390 bool twt_responder; 1391 u32 flags; 1392 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1393 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1394 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1395 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1396 u16 punct_bitmap; 1397 }; 1398 1399 /** 1400 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1401 * 1402 * Used for channel switch 1403 * 1404 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1405 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1406 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1407 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1408 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1409 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1410 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1411 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1412 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1413 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1414 * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents 1415 * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel. 1416 * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. 1417 */ 1418 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1419 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1420 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1421 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1422 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1423 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1424 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1425 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1426 bool radar_required; 1427 bool block_tx; 1428 u8 count; 1429 u16 punct_bitmap; 1430 }; 1431 1432 /** 1433 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1434 * 1435 * Used for bss color change 1436 * 1437 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1438 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1439 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1440 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1441 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1442 * @color: the color used after the change 1443 */ 1444 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1445 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1446 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1447 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1448 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1449 u8 count; 1450 u8 color; 1451 }; 1452 1453 /** 1454 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1455 * 1456 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1457 * 1458 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1459 * to use for verification 1460 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1461 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1462 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1463 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1464 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1465 * nl80211_iftype. 1466 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1467 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1468 * the verification 1469 */ 1470 struct iface_combination_params { 1471 int num_different_channels; 1472 u8 radar_detect; 1473 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1474 u32 new_beacon_int; 1475 }; 1476 1477 /** 1478 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1479 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1480 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1481 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1482 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER: apply tx power for STA 1483 * 1484 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1485 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1486 */ 1487 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1488 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1489 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1490 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1491 }; 1492 1493 /** 1494 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1495 * 1496 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1497 * 1498 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1499 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1500 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1501 * power per-interface or per-station. 1502 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1503 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1504 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1505 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1506 * per peer TPC. 1507 */ 1508 struct sta_txpwr { 1509 s16 power; 1510 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1511 }; 1512 1513 /** 1514 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1515 * 1516 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1517 * 1518 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1519 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1520 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1521 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1522 * (or NULL for no change) 1523 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1524 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1525 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1526 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1527 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1528 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1529 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1530 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1531 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1532 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1533 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1534 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1535 */ 1536 struct link_station_parameters { 1537 const u8 *mld_mac; 1538 int link_id; 1539 const u8 *link_mac; 1540 const u8 *supported_rates; 1541 u8 supported_rates_len; 1542 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1543 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1544 u8 opmode_notif; 1545 bool opmode_notif_used; 1546 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1547 u8 he_capa_len; 1548 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1549 bool txpwr_set; 1550 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1551 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1552 u8 eht_capa_len; 1553 }; 1554 1555 /** 1556 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1557 * 1558 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1559 * 1560 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1561 * @link_id: the link id 1562 */ 1563 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1564 const u8 *mld_mac; 1565 u32 link_id; 1566 }; 1567 1568 /** 1569 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1570 * 1571 * Used to change and create a new station. 1572 * 1573 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1574 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1575 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1576 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1577 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1578 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1579 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1580 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1581 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1582 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1583 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1584 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1585 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1586 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1587 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1588 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1589 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1590 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1591 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1592 * to unknown) 1593 * @capability: station capability 1594 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1595 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1596 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1597 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1598 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1599 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1600 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1601 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1602 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1603 */ 1604 struct station_parameters { 1605 struct net_device *vlan; 1606 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1607 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1608 int listen_interval; 1609 u16 aid; 1610 u16 vlan_id; 1611 u16 peer_aid; 1612 u8 plink_action; 1613 u8 plink_state; 1614 u8 uapsd_queues; 1615 u8 max_sp; 1616 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1617 u16 capability; 1618 const u8 *ext_capab; 1619 u8 ext_capab_len; 1620 const u8 *supported_channels; 1621 u8 supported_channels_len; 1622 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1623 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1624 int support_p2p_ps; 1625 u16 airtime_weight; 1626 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1627 }; 1628 1629 /** 1630 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1631 * 1632 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1633 * 1634 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1635 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1636 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1637 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1638 */ 1639 struct station_del_parameters { 1640 const u8 *mac; 1641 u8 subtype; 1642 u16 reason_code; 1643 }; 1644 1645 /** 1646 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1647 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1648 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1649 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1650 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1651 * the AP MLME in the device 1652 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1653 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1654 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1655 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1656 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1657 * supported/used) 1658 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1659 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1660 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1661 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1662 */ 1663 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1664 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1665 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1666 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1667 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1668 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1669 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1670 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1671 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1672 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1673 }; 1674 1675 /** 1676 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1677 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1678 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1679 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1680 * 1681 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1682 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1683 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1684 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1685 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1686 */ 1687 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1688 struct station_parameters *params, 1689 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1690 1691 /** 1692 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1693 * 1694 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1695 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1696 * 1697 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1698 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1699 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1700 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1701 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1702 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1703 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1704 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1705 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS 1706 */ 1707 enum rate_info_flags { 1708 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1709 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1710 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1711 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1712 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1713 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1714 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1715 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1716 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), 1717 }; 1718 1719 /** 1720 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1721 * 1722 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1723 * 1724 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1725 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1726 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1727 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1728 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1729 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1730 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1731 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1732 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1733 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth 1734 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth 1735 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth 1736 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth 1737 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth 1738 */ 1739 enum rate_info_bw { 1740 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1741 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1742 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1743 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1744 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1745 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1746 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1747 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1748 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1749 RATE_INFO_BW_1, 1750 RATE_INFO_BW_2, 1751 RATE_INFO_BW_4, 1752 RATE_INFO_BW_8, 1753 RATE_INFO_BW_16, 1754 }; 1755 1756 /** 1757 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1758 * 1759 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1760 * 1761 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1762 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1763 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate 1764 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1765 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1766 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1767 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1768 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1769 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1770 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1771 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1772 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1773 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1774 */ 1775 struct rate_info { 1776 u16 flags; 1777 u16 legacy; 1778 u8 mcs; 1779 u8 nss; 1780 u8 bw; 1781 u8 he_gi; 1782 u8 he_dcm; 1783 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1784 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1785 u8 eht_gi; 1786 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1787 }; 1788 1789 /** 1790 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1791 * 1792 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1793 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1794 * 1795 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1796 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1797 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1798 */ 1799 enum bss_param_flags { 1800 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1801 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1802 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1803 }; 1804 1805 /** 1806 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1807 * 1808 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1809 * 1810 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1811 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1812 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1813 */ 1814 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1815 u8 flags; 1816 u8 dtim_period; 1817 u16 beacon_interval; 1818 }; 1819 1820 /** 1821 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1822 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1823 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1824 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1825 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1826 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1827 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1828 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1829 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1830 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1831 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1832 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1833 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1834 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1835 */ 1836 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1837 u32 filled; 1838 u32 backlog_bytes; 1839 u32 backlog_packets; 1840 u32 flows; 1841 u32 drops; 1842 u32 ecn_marks; 1843 u32 overlimit; 1844 u32 overmemory; 1845 u32 collisions; 1846 u32 tx_bytes; 1847 u32 tx_packets; 1848 u32 max_flows; 1849 }; 1850 1851 /** 1852 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1853 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1854 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1855 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1856 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1857 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1858 * transmitted MSDUs 1859 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1860 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1861 */ 1862 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1863 u32 filled; 1864 u64 rx_msdu; 1865 u64 tx_msdu; 1866 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1867 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1868 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1869 }; 1870 1871 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1872 1873 /** 1874 * struct station_info - station information 1875 * 1876 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1877 * 1878 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1879 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1880 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1881 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1882 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1883 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1884 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1885 * @llid: mesh local link id 1886 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1887 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1888 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1889 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1890 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1891 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1892 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1893 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1894 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1895 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1896 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1897 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1898 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1899 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1900 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1901 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1902 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1903 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1904 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1905 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1906 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1907 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1908 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1909 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1910 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1911 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1912 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1913 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1914 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1915 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1916 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1917 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1918 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1919 * towards this station. 1920 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1921 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1922 * from this peer 1923 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1924 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1925 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1926 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1927 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1928 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1929 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1930 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1931 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1932 * been sent. 1933 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1934 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1935 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1936 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1937 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1938 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1939 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 1940 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 1941 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 1942 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 1943 * dump_station() callbacks. 1944 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 1945 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 1946 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 1947 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 1948 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 1949 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 1950 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 1951 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 1952 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 1953 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 1954 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 1955 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 1956 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 1957 */ 1958 struct station_info { 1959 u64 filled; 1960 u32 connected_time; 1961 u32 inactive_time; 1962 u64 assoc_at; 1963 u64 rx_bytes; 1964 u64 tx_bytes; 1965 u16 llid; 1966 u16 plid; 1967 u8 plink_state; 1968 s8 signal; 1969 s8 signal_avg; 1970 1971 u8 chains; 1972 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1973 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1974 1975 struct rate_info txrate; 1976 struct rate_info rxrate; 1977 u32 rx_packets; 1978 u32 tx_packets; 1979 u32 tx_retries; 1980 u32 tx_failed; 1981 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1982 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1983 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1984 1985 int generation; 1986 1987 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1988 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1989 1990 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1991 s64 t_offset; 1992 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1993 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1994 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1995 1996 u32 expected_throughput; 1997 1998 u64 tx_duration; 1999 u64 rx_duration; 2000 u64 rx_beacon; 2001 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2002 u8 connected_to_gate; 2003 2004 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2005 s8 ack_signal; 2006 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2007 2008 u16 airtime_weight; 2009 2010 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2011 u32 fcs_err_count; 2012 2013 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2014 2015 u8 connected_to_as; 2016 2017 bool mlo_params_valid; 2018 u8 assoc_link_id; 2019 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2020 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2021 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2022 }; 2023 2024 /** 2025 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2026 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2027 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2028 */ 2029 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2030 s32 power; 2031 u32 freq_range_index; 2032 }; 2033 2034 /** 2035 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2036 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2037 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2038 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2039 */ 2040 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2041 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2042 u32 num_sub_specs; 2043 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 2044 }; 2045 2046 2047 /** 2048 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2049 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2050 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2051 */ 2052 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2053 u32 start_freq; 2054 u32 end_freq; 2055 }; 2056 2057 /** 2058 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2059 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2060 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2061 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2062 * 2063 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2064 * range to small ones and then append them. 2065 */ 2066 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2067 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2068 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2069 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2070 }; 2071 2072 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2073 /** 2074 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2075 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2076 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2077 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2078 * 2079 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2080 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2081 * considered undefined. 2082 */ 2083 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2084 struct station_info *sinfo); 2085 #else 2086 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2087 const u8 *mac_addr, 2088 struct station_info *sinfo) 2089 { 2090 return -ENOENT; 2091 } 2092 #endif 2093 2094 /** 2095 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2096 * 2097 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2098 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2099 * 2100 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2101 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2102 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2103 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2104 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2105 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 2106 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2107 */ 2108 enum monitor_flags { 2109 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 2110 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 2111 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 2112 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 2113 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 2114 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 2115 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 2116 }; 2117 2118 /** 2119 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2120 * 2121 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2122 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2123 * 2124 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2125 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2126 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2127 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2128 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2129 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2130 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2131 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2132 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2133 */ 2134 enum mpath_info_flags { 2135 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2136 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2137 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2138 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2139 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2140 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2141 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2142 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2143 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2144 }; 2145 2146 /** 2147 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2148 * 2149 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2150 * 2151 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2152 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2153 * @sn: target sequence number 2154 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2155 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2156 * @flags: mesh path flags 2157 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2158 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2159 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2160 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2161 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2162 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2163 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2164 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2165 */ 2166 struct mpath_info { 2167 u32 filled; 2168 u32 frame_qlen; 2169 u32 sn; 2170 u32 metric; 2171 u32 exptime; 2172 u32 discovery_timeout; 2173 u8 discovery_retries; 2174 u8 flags; 2175 u8 hop_count; 2176 u32 path_change_count; 2177 2178 int generation; 2179 }; 2180 2181 /** 2182 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2183 * 2184 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2185 * 2186 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2187 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2188 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2189 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2190 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2191 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2192 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2193 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2194 * (or NULL for no change) 2195 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2196 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2197 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2198 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2199 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2200 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2201 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2202 */ 2203 struct bss_parameters { 2204 int link_id; 2205 int use_cts_prot; 2206 int use_short_preamble; 2207 int use_short_slot_time; 2208 const u8 *basic_rates; 2209 u8 basic_rates_len; 2210 int ap_isolate; 2211 int ht_opmode; 2212 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2213 }; 2214 2215 /** 2216 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2217 * 2218 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2219 * 2220 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2221 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2222 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2223 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2224 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2225 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2226 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2227 * mesh interface 2228 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2229 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2230 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2231 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2232 * elements 2233 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2234 * detect compatible mesh peers 2235 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2236 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2237 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2238 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2239 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2240 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2241 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2242 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2243 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2244 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2245 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2246 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2247 * element 2248 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2249 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2250 * element 2251 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2252 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2253 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2254 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2255 * announcements are transmitted 2256 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2257 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2258 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2259 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2260 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2261 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2262 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2263 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2264 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2265 * station to establish a peer link 2266 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2267 * 2268 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2269 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2270 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2271 * 2272 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2273 * PREQs are transmitted. 2274 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2275 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2276 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2277 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2278 * setting for new peer links. 2279 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2280 * after transmitting its beacon. 2281 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2282 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2283 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2284 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2285 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2286 * in the mesh formation field. 2287 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2288 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2289 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2290 * in the mesh path table 2291 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2292 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2293 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2294 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2295 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2296 */ 2297 struct mesh_config { 2298 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2299 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2300 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2301 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2302 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2303 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2304 u8 element_ttl; 2305 bool auto_open_plinks; 2306 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2307 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2308 u32 path_refresh_time; 2309 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2310 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2311 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2312 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2313 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2314 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2315 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2316 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2317 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2318 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2319 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2320 s32 rssi_threshold; 2321 u16 ht_opmode; 2322 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2323 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2324 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2325 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2326 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2327 u32 plink_timeout; 2328 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2329 }; 2330 2331 /** 2332 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2333 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2334 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2335 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2336 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2337 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2338 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2339 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2340 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2341 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2342 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2343 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2344 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2345 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2346 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2347 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2348 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2349 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2350 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2351 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2352 * to operate on DFS channels. 2353 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2354 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2355 * 2356 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2357 */ 2358 struct mesh_setup { 2359 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2360 const u8 *mesh_id; 2361 u8 mesh_id_len; 2362 u8 sync_method; 2363 u8 path_sel_proto; 2364 u8 path_metric; 2365 u8 auth_id; 2366 const u8 *ie; 2367 u8 ie_len; 2368 bool is_authenticated; 2369 bool is_secure; 2370 bool user_mpm; 2371 u8 dtim_period; 2372 u16 beacon_interval; 2373 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2374 u32 basic_rates; 2375 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2376 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2377 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2378 }; 2379 2380 /** 2381 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2382 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2383 * 2384 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2385 */ 2386 struct ocb_setup { 2387 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2388 }; 2389 2390 /** 2391 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2392 * @ac: AC identifier 2393 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2394 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2395 * 1..32767] 2396 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2397 * 1..32767] 2398 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2399 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2400 */ 2401 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2402 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2403 u16 txop; 2404 u16 cwmin; 2405 u16 cwmax; 2406 u8 aifs; 2407 int link_id; 2408 }; 2409 2410 /** 2411 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2412 * 2413 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2414 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2415 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2416 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2417 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2418 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2419 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2420 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2421 * in the wiphy structure. 2422 * 2423 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2424 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2425 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2426 * 2427 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2428 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2429 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2430 * to userspace. 2431 */ 2432 2433 /** 2434 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2435 * @ssid: the SSID 2436 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2437 */ 2438 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2439 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2440 u8 ssid_len; 2441 }; 2442 2443 /** 2444 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2445 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2446 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2447 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2448 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2449 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2450 * userspace will be notified of that 2451 */ 2452 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2453 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2454 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2455 bool aborted; 2456 }; 2457 2458 /** 2459 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2460 * 2461 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2462 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2463 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2464 * which the above info relvant to 2465 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2466 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2467 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2468 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2469 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. 2470 */ 2471 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2472 u32 short_ssid; 2473 u32 channel_idx; 2474 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2475 bool unsolicited_probe; 2476 bool short_ssid_valid; 2477 bool psc_no_listen; 2478 s8 psd_20; 2479 }; 2480 2481 /** 2482 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2483 * 2484 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2485 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2486 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2487 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2488 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2489 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2490 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2491 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2492 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2493 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2494 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2495 * %duration field. 2496 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2497 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2498 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2499 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2500 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2501 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2502 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2503 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2504 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2505 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2506 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2507 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2508 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2509 * true if this is the second scan request 2510 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2511 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2512 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2513 */ 2514 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2515 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2516 int n_ssids; 2517 u32 n_channels; 2518 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2519 const u8 *ie; 2520 size_t ie_len; 2521 u16 duration; 2522 bool duration_mandatory; 2523 u32 flags; 2524 2525 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2526 2527 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2528 2529 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2530 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2531 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2532 2533 /* internal */ 2534 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2535 unsigned long scan_start; 2536 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2537 bool notified; 2538 bool no_cck; 2539 bool scan_6ghz; 2540 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2541 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2542 2543 /* keep last */ 2544 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2545 }; 2546 2547 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2548 { 2549 int i; 2550 2551 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2552 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2553 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2554 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2555 } 2556 } 2557 2558 /** 2559 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2560 * 2561 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2562 * or no match (RSSI only) 2563 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2564 * or no match (RSSI only) 2565 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2566 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2567 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2568 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2569 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2570 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2571 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2572 * corresponding matchset. 2573 */ 2574 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2575 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2576 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2577 s32 rssi_thold; 2578 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2579 }; 2580 2581 /** 2582 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2583 * 2584 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2585 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2586 * infinite loop. 2587 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2588 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2589 */ 2590 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2591 u32 interval; 2592 u32 iterations; 2593 }; 2594 2595 /** 2596 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2597 * 2598 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2599 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2600 */ 2601 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2602 enum nl80211_band band; 2603 s8 delta; 2604 }; 2605 2606 /** 2607 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2608 * 2609 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2610 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2611 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2612 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2613 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2614 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2615 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2616 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2617 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2618 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2619 * (others are filtered out). 2620 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2621 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2622 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2623 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2624 * @dev: the interface 2625 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2626 * @channels: channels to scan 2627 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2628 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2629 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2630 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2631 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2632 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2633 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2634 * index must be executed first. 2635 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2636 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2637 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2638 * owned by a particular socket) 2639 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2640 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2641 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2642 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2643 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2644 * supported. 2645 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2646 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2647 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2648 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2649 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2650 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2651 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2652 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2653 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2654 * comparisions. 2655 */ 2656 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2657 u64 reqid; 2658 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2659 int n_ssids; 2660 u32 n_channels; 2661 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2662 const u8 *ie; 2663 size_t ie_len; 2664 u32 flags; 2665 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2666 int n_match_sets; 2667 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2668 u32 delay; 2669 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2670 int n_scan_plans; 2671 2672 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2673 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2674 2675 bool relative_rssi_set; 2676 s8 relative_rssi; 2677 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2678 2679 /* internal */ 2680 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2681 struct net_device *dev; 2682 unsigned long scan_start; 2683 bool report_results; 2684 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2685 u32 owner_nlportid; 2686 bool nl_owner_dead; 2687 struct list_head list; 2688 2689 /* keep last */ 2690 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2691 }; 2692 2693 /** 2694 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2695 * 2696 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2697 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2698 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2699 */ 2700 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2701 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2702 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2703 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2704 }; 2705 2706 /** 2707 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2708 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2709 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2710 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2711 * signal type 2712 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2713 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2714 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2715 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2716 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2717 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2718 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2719 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2720 * by %parent_bssid. 2721 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2722 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2723 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2724 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2725 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss 2726 */ 2727 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2728 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2729 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2730 s32 signal; 2731 u64 boottime_ns; 2732 u64 parent_tsf; 2733 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2734 u8 chains; 2735 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2736 2737 void *drv_data; 2738 }; 2739 2740 /** 2741 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2742 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2743 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2744 * @len: length of the IEs 2745 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2746 * @data: IE data 2747 */ 2748 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2749 u64 tsf; 2750 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2751 int len; 2752 bool from_beacon; 2753 u8 data[]; 2754 }; 2755 2756 /** 2757 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2758 * 2759 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2760 * for use in scan results and similar. 2761 * 2762 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2763 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2764 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2765 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2766 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2767 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2768 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2769 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2770 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2771 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2772 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2773 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2774 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2775 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2776 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2777 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2778 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2779 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2780 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2781 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2782 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2783 * (multi-BSSID support) 2784 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2785 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2786 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2787 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2788 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2789 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2790 */ 2791 struct cfg80211_bss { 2792 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2793 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2794 2795 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2796 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2797 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2798 2799 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2800 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2801 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2802 2803 s32 signal; 2804 2805 u16 beacon_interval; 2806 u16 capability; 2807 2808 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2809 u8 chains; 2810 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2811 2812 u8 bssid_index; 2813 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2814 2815 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2816 }; 2817 2818 /** 2819 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2820 * @bss: the bss to search 2821 * @id: the element ID 2822 * 2823 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2824 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2825 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2826 */ 2827 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2828 2829 /** 2830 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2831 * @bss: the bss to search 2832 * @id: the element ID 2833 * 2834 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2835 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2836 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2837 */ 2838 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2839 { 2840 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2841 } 2842 2843 2844 /** 2845 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2846 * 2847 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2848 * authentication. 2849 * 2850 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2851 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2852 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2853 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2854 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2855 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2856 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2857 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2858 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2859 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2860 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2861 * transaction sequence number field. 2862 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2863 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 2864 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 2865 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 2866 * given an MLD address) by the driver 2867 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 2868 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 2869 */ 2870 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2871 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2872 const u8 *ie; 2873 size_t ie_len; 2874 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2875 const u8 *key; 2876 u8 key_len; 2877 s8 key_idx; 2878 const u8 *auth_data; 2879 size_t auth_data_len; 2880 s8 link_id; 2881 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2882 }; 2883 2884 /** 2885 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 2886 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 2887 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 2888 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 2889 * @elems_len: length of the elements 2890 * @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it 2891 * should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD. 2892 */ 2893 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 2894 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2895 const u8 *elems; 2896 size_t elems_len; 2897 bool disabled; 2898 }; 2899 2900 /** 2901 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2902 * 2903 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2904 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2905 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2906 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2907 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2908 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2909 * request (connect callback). 2910 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 2911 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 2912 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 2913 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 2914 * flag is not set. 2915 */ 2916 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2917 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2918 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2919 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2920 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2921 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 2922 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 2923 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 2924 }; 2925 2926 /** 2927 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2928 * 2929 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2930 * (re)association. 2931 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2932 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2933 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2934 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2935 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 2936 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 2937 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2938 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2939 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2940 * @crypto: crypto settings 2941 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2942 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2943 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2944 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2945 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2946 * frame. 2947 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2948 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2949 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2950 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2951 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2952 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2953 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2954 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2955 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2956 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2957 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2958 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2959 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 2960 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 2961 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 2962 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 2963 * the link on which the association request should be sent 2964 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 2965 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 2966 */ 2967 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2968 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2969 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2970 size_t ie_len; 2971 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2972 bool use_mfp; 2973 u32 flags; 2974 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2975 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2976 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2977 const u8 *fils_kek; 2978 size_t fils_kek_len; 2979 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2980 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 2981 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2982 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2983 s8 link_id; 2984 }; 2985 2986 /** 2987 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2988 * 2989 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2990 * deauthentication. 2991 * 2992 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 2993 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2994 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2995 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2996 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2997 * do not set a deauth frame 2998 */ 2999 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 3000 const u8 *bssid; 3001 const u8 *ie; 3002 size_t ie_len; 3003 u16 reason_code; 3004 bool local_state_change; 3005 }; 3006 3007 /** 3008 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 3009 * 3010 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3011 * disassociation. 3012 * 3013 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 3014 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 3015 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3016 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 3017 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 3018 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 3019 */ 3020 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3021 const u8 *ap_addr; 3022 const u8 *ie; 3023 size_t ie_len; 3024 u16 reason_code; 3025 bool local_state_change; 3026 }; 3027 3028 /** 3029 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3030 * 3031 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3032 * method. 3033 * 3034 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3035 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3036 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3037 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3038 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3039 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3040 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3041 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3042 * @ie_len: length of that 3043 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3044 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3045 * after joining 3046 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3047 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3048 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3049 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3050 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3051 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3052 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3053 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3054 * to operate on DFS channels. 3055 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3056 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3057 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3058 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3059 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3060 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3061 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3062 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3063 */ 3064 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3065 const u8 *ssid; 3066 const u8 *bssid; 3067 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3068 const u8 *ie; 3069 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3070 u16 beacon_interval; 3071 u32 basic_rates; 3072 bool channel_fixed; 3073 bool privacy; 3074 bool control_port; 3075 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3076 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3077 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3078 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3079 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3080 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3081 int wep_tx_key; 3082 }; 3083 3084 /** 3085 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3086 * 3087 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3088 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3089 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3090 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3091 */ 3092 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3093 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3094 union { 3095 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3096 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3097 } param; 3098 }; 3099 3100 /** 3101 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3102 * 3103 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3104 * authentication and association. 3105 * 3106 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3107 * on scan results) 3108 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3109 * %NULL if not specified 3110 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3111 * results) 3112 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3113 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3114 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3115 * to use. 3116 * @ssid: SSID 3117 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3118 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3119 * @ie: IEs for association request 3120 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3121 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3122 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3123 * @crypto: crypto settings 3124 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3125 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3126 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3127 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3128 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3129 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3130 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3131 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3132 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3133 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3134 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3135 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3136 * networks. 3137 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3138 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3139 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3140 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3141 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3142 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3143 * frame. 3144 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3145 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3146 * data IE. 3147 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3148 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3149 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3150 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3151 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3152 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3153 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3154 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3155 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3156 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3157 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3158 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3159 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3160 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3161 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3162 */ 3163 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3164 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3165 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3166 const u8 *bssid; 3167 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3168 const u8 *ssid; 3169 size_t ssid_len; 3170 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3171 const u8 *ie; 3172 size_t ie_len; 3173 bool privacy; 3174 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3175 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3176 const u8 *key; 3177 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3178 u32 flags; 3179 int bg_scan_period; 3180 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3181 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3182 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3183 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3184 bool pbss; 3185 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3186 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3187 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3188 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3189 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3190 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3191 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3192 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3193 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3194 bool want_1x; 3195 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3196 }; 3197 3198 /** 3199 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3200 * 3201 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3202 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3203 * 3204 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3205 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3206 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3207 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3208 */ 3209 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3210 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3211 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3212 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3213 }; 3214 3215 /** 3216 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3217 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3218 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3219 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3220 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3221 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3222 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3223 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3224 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3225 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3226 */ 3227 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3228 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 3229 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 3230 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 3231 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 3232 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 3233 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 3234 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 3235 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 3236 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 3237 }; 3238 3239 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3240 3241 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3242 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3243 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3244 3245 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3246 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3247 3248 /** 3249 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3250 * 3251 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3252 * caching. 3253 * 3254 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3255 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3256 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3257 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3258 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3259 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3260 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3261 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3262 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3263 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3264 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3265 * %NULL). 3266 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3267 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3268 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3269 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3270 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3271 * used for it expires. 3272 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3273 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3274 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3275 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3276 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3277 */ 3278 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3279 const u8 *bssid; 3280 const u8 *pmkid; 3281 const u8 *pmk; 3282 size_t pmk_len; 3283 const u8 *ssid; 3284 size_t ssid_len; 3285 const u8 *cache_id; 3286 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3287 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3288 }; 3289 3290 /** 3291 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3292 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3293 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3294 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3295 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3296 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3297 * 3298 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3299 * memory, free @mask only! 3300 */ 3301 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3302 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3303 int pattern_len; 3304 int pkt_offset; 3305 }; 3306 3307 /** 3308 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3309 * 3310 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3311 * @src: source IP address 3312 * @dst: destination IP address 3313 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3314 * @src_port: source port 3315 * @dst_port: destination port 3316 * @payload_len: data payload length 3317 * @payload: data payload buffer 3318 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3319 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3320 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3321 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3322 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3323 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3324 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3325 */ 3326 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3327 struct socket *sock; 3328 __be32 src, dst; 3329 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3330 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3331 int payload_len; 3332 const u8 *payload; 3333 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3334 u32 data_interval; 3335 u32 wake_len; 3336 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3337 u32 tokens_size; 3338 /* must be last, variable member */ 3339 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3340 }; 3341 3342 /** 3343 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3344 * 3345 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3346 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3347 * operating as normal during suspend 3348 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3349 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3350 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3351 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3352 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3353 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3354 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3355 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3356 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3357 * NULL if not configured. 3358 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3359 */ 3360 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3361 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3362 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3363 rfkill_release; 3364 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3365 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3366 int n_patterns; 3367 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3368 }; 3369 3370 /** 3371 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3372 * 3373 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3374 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3375 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3376 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3377 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3378 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3379 */ 3380 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3381 int delay; 3382 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3383 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3384 int n_patterns; 3385 }; 3386 3387 /** 3388 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3389 * 3390 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3391 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3392 * @n_rules: number of rules 3393 */ 3394 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3395 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3396 int n_rules; 3397 }; 3398 3399 /** 3400 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3401 * 3402 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3403 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3404 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3405 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3406 * occurred (in MHz) 3407 */ 3408 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3409 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3410 int n_channels; 3411 u32 channels[]; 3412 }; 3413 3414 /** 3415 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3416 * 3417 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3418 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3419 * match information. 3420 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3421 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3422 */ 3423 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3424 int n_matches; 3425 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3426 }; 3427 3428 /** 3429 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3430 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3431 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3432 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3433 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3434 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3435 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3436 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3437 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3438 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3439 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3440 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3441 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3442 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3443 * it is. 3444 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3445 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3446 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3447 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3448 */ 3449 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3450 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3451 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3452 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3453 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 3454 s32 pattern_idx; 3455 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3456 const void *packet; 3457 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3458 }; 3459 3460 /** 3461 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3462 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3463 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3464 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3465 * @kek_len: length of kek 3466 * @kck_len: length of kck 3467 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3468 */ 3469 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3470 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3471 u32 akm; 3472 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3473 }; 3474 3475 /** 3476 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3477 * 3478 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3479 * 3480 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3481 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3482 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3483 */ 3484 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3485 u16 md; 3486 const u8 *ie; 3487 size_t ie_len; 3488 }; 3489 3490 /** 3491 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3492 * 3493 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3494 * 3495 * @chan: channel to use 3496 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3497 * @wait: duration for ROC 3498 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3499 * @len: buffer length 3500 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3501 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3502 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3503 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3504 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3505 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3506 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3507 */ 3508 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3509 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3510 bool offchan; 3511 unsigned int wait; 3512 const u8 *buf; 3513 size_t len; 3514 bool no_cck; 3515 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3516 int n_csa_offsets; 3517 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3518 int link_id; 3519 }; 3520 3521 /** 3522 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3523 * 3524 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3525 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3526 */ 3527 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3528 u8 dscp; 3529 u8 up; 3530 }; 3531 3532 /** 3533 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3534 * 3535 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3536 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3537 */ 3538 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3539 u8 low; 3540 u8 high; 3541 }; 3542 3543 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3544 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3545 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3546 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3547 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3548 3549 /** 3550 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3551 * 3552 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3553 * 3554 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3555 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3556 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3557 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3558 */ 3559 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3560 u8 num_des; 3561 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3562 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3563 }; 3564 3565 /** 3566 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3567 * 3568 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3569 * 3570 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3571 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3572 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3573 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3574 */ 3575 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3576 u8 master_pref; 3577 u8 bands; 3578 }; 3579 3580 /** 3581 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3582 * configuration 3583 * 3584 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3585 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3586 */ 3587 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3588 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3589 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3590 }; 3591 3592 /** 3593 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3594 * 3595 * @filter: the content of the filter 3596 * @len: the length of the filter 3597 */ 3598 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3599 const u8 *filter; 3600 u8 len; 3601 }; 3602 3603 /** 3604 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3605 * 3606 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3607 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3608 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3609 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3610 * implementation specific. 3611 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3612 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3613 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3614 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3615 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3616 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3617 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3618 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3619 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3620 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3621 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3622 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3623 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3624 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3625 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3626 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3627 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3628 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3629 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3630 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3631 */ 3632 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3633 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3634 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3635 u8 publish_type; 3636 bool close_range; 3637 bool publish_bcast; 3638 bool subscribe_active; 3639 u8 followup_id; 3640 u8 followup_reqid; 3641 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3642 u32 ttl; 3643 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3644 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3645 bool srf_include; 3646 const u8 *srf_bf; 3647 u8 srf_bf_len; 3648 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3649 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3650 int srf_num_macs; 3651 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3652 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3653 u8 num_tx_filters; 3654 u8 num_rx_filters; 3655 u8 instance_id; 3656 u64 cookie; 3657 }; 3658 3659 /** 3660 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3661 * 3662 * @aa: authenticator address 3663 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3664 * @pmk: the PMK material 3665 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3666 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3667 * holds PMK-R0. 3668 */ 3669 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3670 const u8 *aa; 3671 u8 pmk_len; 3672 const u8 *pmk; 3673 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3674 }; 3675 3676 /** 3677 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3678 * 3679 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3680 * 3681 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3682 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3683 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3684 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3685 * authentication response command interface. 3686 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3687 * authentication response command interface. 3688 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3689 * authentication request event interface. 3690 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3691 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3692 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3693 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3694 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3695 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 3696 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 3697 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 3698 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 3699 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 3700 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 3701 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 3702 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 3703 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 3704 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 3705 * chosen for the authentication. 3706 */ 3707 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3708 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3709 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3710 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3711 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3712 u16 status; 3713 const u8 *pmkid; 3714 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3715 }; 3716 3717 /** 3718 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3719 * 3720 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3721 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3722 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3723 * answered 3724 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3725 * successfully answered 3726 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3727 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3728 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3729 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3730 * of how much time the responder was busy 3731 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3732 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3733 * the responder 3734 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3735 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3736 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3737 */ 3738 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3739 u32 filled; 3740 u32 success_num; 3741 u32 partial_num; 3742 u32 failed_num; 3743 u32 asap_num; 3744 u32 non_asap_num; 3745 u64 total_duration_ms; 3746 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3747 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3748 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3749 }; 3750 3751 /** 3752 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3753 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3754 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3755 * reason than just "failure" 3756 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3757 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3758 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3759 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3760 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3761 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3762 * by the responder 3763 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3764 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3765 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3766 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3767 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3768 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3769 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3770 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3771 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3772 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3773 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3774 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3775 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3776 * the square root of the variance) 3777 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3778 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3779 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3780 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3781 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3782 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3783 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3784 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3785 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3786 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3787 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3788 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3789 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3790 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3791 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3792 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3793 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3794 */ 3795 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3796 const u8 *lci; 3797 const u8 *civicloc; 3798 unsigned int lci_len; 3799 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3800 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3801 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3802 s16 burst_index; 3803 u8 busy_retry_time; 3804 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3805 u8 burst_duration; 3806 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3807 s32 rssi_avg; 3808 s32 rssi_spread; 3809 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3810 s64 rtt_avg; 3811 s64 rtt_variance; 3812 s64 rtt_spread; 3813 s64 dist_avg; 3814 s64 dist_variance; 3815 s64 dist_spread; 3816 3817 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3818 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3819 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3820 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3821 tx_rate_valid:1, 3822 rx_rate_valid:1, 3823 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3824 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3825 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3826 dist_avg_valid:1, 3827 dist_variance_valid:1, 3828 dist_spread_valid:1; 3829 }; 3830 3831 /** 3832 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3833 * @addr: address of the peer 3834 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3835 * measurement was made) 3836 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3837 * @status: status of the measurement 3838 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3839 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3840 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3841 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3842 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3843 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3844 * @ftm: FTM result 3845 */ 3846 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3847 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3848 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3849 3850 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3851 3852 u8 final:1, 3853 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3854 3855 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3856 3857 union { 3858 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3859 }; 3860 }; 3861 3862 /** 3863 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3864 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3865 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3866 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3867 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3868 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3869 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3870 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3871 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3872 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3873 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3874 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3875 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3876 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3877 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3878 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3879 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3880 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 3881 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 3882 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 3883 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 3884 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 3885 * 3886 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3887 */ 3888 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3889 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3890 u16 burst_period; 3891 u8 requested:1, 3892 asap:1, 3893 request_lci:1, 3894 request_civicloc:1, 3895 trigger_based:1, 3896 non_trigger_based:1, 3897 lmr_feedback:1; 3898 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3899 u8 burst_duration; 3900 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3901 u8 ftmr_retries; 3902 u8 bss_color; 3903 }; 3904 3905 /** 3906 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3907 * @addr: MAC address 3908 * @chandef: channel to use 3909 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3910 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3911 */ 3912 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3913 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3914 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3915 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3916 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3917 }; 3918 3919 /** 3920 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3921 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3922 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3923 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3924 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3925 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3926 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3927 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3928 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3929 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3930 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3931 * zero it means there's no timeout 3932 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3933 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3934 */ 3935 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3936 u64 cookie; 3937 void *drv_data; 3938 u32 n_peers; 3939 u32 nl_portid; 3940 3941 u32 timeout; 3942 3943 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3944 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3945 3946 struct list_head list; 3947 3948 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3949 }; 3950 3951 /** 3952 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3953 * 3954 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3955 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3956 * 3957 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3958 * 3959 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3960 * has to be done. 3961 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3962 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3963 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3964 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3965 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3966 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3967 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3968 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3969 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 3970 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 3971 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 3972 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 3973 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 3974 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 3975 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 3976 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 3977 */ 3978 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3979 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3980 u16 status; 3981 const u8 *ie; 3982 size_t ie_len; 3983 int assoc_link_id; 3984 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3985 }; 3986 3987 /** 3988 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3989 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3990 * for the entire device 3991 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3992 * for the given interface 3993 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3994 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3995 * for these subtypes 3996 */ 3997 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 3998 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 3999 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 4000 }; 4001 4002 /** 4003 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 4004 * 4005 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 4006 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 4007 * 4008 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 4009 * on success or a negative error code. 4010 * 4011 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 4012 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 4013 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 4014 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 4015 * 4016 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 4017 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 4018 * configured for the device. 4019 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4020 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4021 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4022 * the device. 4023 * 4024 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4025 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4026 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4027 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4028 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4029 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4030 * 4031 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4032 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4033 * 4034 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4035 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4036 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4037 * 4038 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4039 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4040 * address is available. 4041 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4042 * 4043 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4044 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4045 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4046 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4047 * 4048 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4049 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4050 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4051 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4052 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4053 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4054 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4055 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4056 * 4057 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4058 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4059 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4060 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4061 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4062 * 4063 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4064 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4065 * 4066 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4067 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4068 * 4069 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4070 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4071 * 4072 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4073 * 4074 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4075 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4076 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4077 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4078 * 4079 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4080 * @del_station: Remove a station 4081 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4082 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4083 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4084 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4085 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4086 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4087 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4088 * 4089 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4090 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4091 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4092 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4093 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4094 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4095 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4096 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4097 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4098 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4099 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4100 * 4101 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4102 * 4103 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4104 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4105 * set, and which to leave alone. 4106 * 4107 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4108 * 4109 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data 4110 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called 4111 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. 4112 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside 4113 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. 4114 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. 4115 * 4116 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4117 * 4118 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4119 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4120 * join the mesh instead. 4121 * 4122 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4123 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4124 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4125 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4126 * 4127 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4128 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4129 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4130 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4131 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4132 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4133 * 4134 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4135 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4136 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4137 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4138 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4139 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4140 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4141 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4142 * 4143 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4144 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4145 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4146 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4147 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4148 * was received. 4149 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4150 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4151 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4152 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4153 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4154 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4155 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4156 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4157 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4158 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4159 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4160 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4161 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4162 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4163 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4164 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4165 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4166 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4167 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4168 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4169 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4170 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4171 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4172 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4173 * 4174 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4175 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4176 * to a merge. 4177 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4178 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4179 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4180 * 4181 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4182 * MESH mode) 4183 * 4184 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4185 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4186 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4187 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4188 * 4189 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4190 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4191 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4192 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4193 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4194 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4195 * return 0 if successful 4196 * 4197 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4198 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4199 * 4200 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4201 * 4202 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4203 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4204 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4205 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4206 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4207 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4208 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4209 * the duration value. 4210 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4211 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4212 * frame on another channel 4213 * 4214 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4215 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4216 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4217 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4218 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4219 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4220 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4221 * 4222 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4223 * 4224 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4225 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4226 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4227 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4228 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4229 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4230 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4231 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4232 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4233 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4234 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4235 * disabled.) 4236 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4237 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4238 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4239 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4240 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4241 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4242 * thresholds. 4243 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4244 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4245 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4246 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4247 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4248 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4249 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4250 * 4251 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4252 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4253 * 4254 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4255 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4256 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4257 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4258 * 4259 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4260 * 4261 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4262 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4263 * 4264 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4265 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4266 * 4267 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4268 * 4269 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4270 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4271 * current monitoring channel. 4272 * 4273 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4274 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4275 * 4276 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4277 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4278 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4279 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4280 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4281 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4282 * 4283 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4284 * 4285 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4286 * was finished on another phy. 4287 * 4288 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4289 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4290 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4291 * 4292 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4293 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4294 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4295 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4296 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4297 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4298 * 4299 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4300 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4301 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4302 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4303 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4304 * as soon as possible. 4305 * 4306 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4307 * 4308 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4309 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4310 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4311 * 4312 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4313 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4314 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4315 * account. 4316 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4317 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4318 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4319 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4320 * rejected) 4321 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4322 * 4323 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4324 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4325 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4326 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4327 * 4328 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4329 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4330 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4331 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4332 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4333 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4334 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4335 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4336 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4337 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4338 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4339 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4340 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4341 * provided @nan_func. 4342 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4343 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4344 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4345 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4346 * 4347 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4348 * 4349 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4350 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4351 * 4352 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4353 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4354 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4355 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4356 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4357 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4358 * 4359 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4360 * user space 4361 * 4362 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4363 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4364 * 4365 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4366 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4367 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4368 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4369 * 4370 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4371 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4372 * DH IE through this interface. 4373 * 4374 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4375 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4376 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4377 * This callback may sleep. 4378 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4379 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4380 * 4381 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4382 * 4383 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4384 * 4385 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4386 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4387 * Response frame. 4388 * 4389 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4390 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4391 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4392 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4393 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4394 * radar channel. 4395 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4396 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4397 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4398 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4399 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4400 * 4401 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 4402 */ 4403 struct cfg80211_ops { 4404 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4405 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4406 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4407 4408 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4409 const char *name, 4410 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4411 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4412 struct vif_params *params); 4413 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4414 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4415 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4416 struct net_device *dev, 4417 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4418 struct vif_params *params); 4419 4420 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4421 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4422 unsigned int link_id); 4423 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4424 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4425 unsigned int link_id); 4426 4427 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4428 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4429 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4430 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4431 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4432 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4433 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4434 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4435 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4436 const u8 *mac_addr); 4437 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4438 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4439 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4440 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4441 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4442 u8 key_index); 4443 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4444 struct net_device *netdev, 4445 int link_id, 4446 u8 key_index); 4447 4448 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4449 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4450 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4451 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 4452 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4453 unsigned int link_id); 4454 4455 4456 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4457 const u8 *mac, 4458 struct station_parameters *params); 4459 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4460 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4461 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4462 const u8 *mac, 4463 struct station_parameters *params); 4464 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4465 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4466 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4467 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4468 4469 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4470 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4471 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4472 const u8 *dst); 4473 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4474 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4475 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4476 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4477 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4478 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4479 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4480 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4481 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4482 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4483 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4484 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4485 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4486 struct net_device *dev, 4487 struct mesh_config *conf); 4488 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4489 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4490 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4491 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4492 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4493 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4494 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4495 4496 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4497 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4498 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4499 4500 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4501 struct bss_parameters *params); 4502 4503 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 4504 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); 4505 4506 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4507 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4508 4509 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4510 struct net_device *dev, 4511 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4512 4513 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4514 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4515 4516 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4517 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4518 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4519 4520 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4521 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4522 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4523 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4524 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4525 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4526 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4527 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4528 4529 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4530 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4531 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4532 struct net_device *dev, 4533 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4534 u32 changed); 4535 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4536 u16 reason_code); 4537 4538 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4539 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4540 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4541 4542 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4543 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4544 4545 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4546 4547 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4548 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4549 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4550 int *dbm); 4551 4552 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4553 4554 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4555 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4556 void *data, int len); 4557 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4558 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4559 void *data, int len); 4560 #endif 4561 4562 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4563 struct net_device *dev, 4564 unsigned int link_id, 4565 const u8 *peer, 4566 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4567 4568 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4569 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4570 4571 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4572 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4573 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4574 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4575 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4576 4577 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4578 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4579 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4580 unsigned int duration, 4581 u64 *cookie); 4582 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4583 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4584 u64 cookie); 4585 4586 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4587 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4588 u64 *cookie); 4589 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4590 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4591 u64 cookie); 4592 4593 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4594 bool enabled, int timeout); 4595 4596 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4597 struct net_device *dev, 4598 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4599 4600 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4601 struct net_device *dev, 4602 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4603 4604 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4605 struct net_device *dev, 4606 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4607 4608 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4609 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4610 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4611 4612 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4613 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4614 4615 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4616 struct net_device *dev, 4617 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4618 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4619 u64 reqid); 4620 4621 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4622 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4623 4624 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4625 const u8 *peer, int link_id, 4626 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, 4627 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, 4628 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4629 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4630 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4631 4632 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4633 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4634 4635 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4636 struct net_device *dev, 4637 u16 noack_map); 4638 4639 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4640 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4641 unsigned int link_id, 4642 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4643 4644 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4645 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4646 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4647 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4648 4649 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4650 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4651 4652 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4653 struct net_device *dev, 4654 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4655 u32 cac_time_ms); 4656 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4657 struct net_device *dev); 4658 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4659 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4660 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4661 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4662 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4663 u16 duration); 4664 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4665 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4666 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4667 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4668 4669 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4670 struct net_device *dev, 4671 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4672 4673 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4674 struct net_device *dev, 4675 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4676 4677 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4678 unsigned int link_id, 4679 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4680 4681 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4682 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4683 u16 admitted_time); 4684 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4685 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4686 4687 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4688 struct net_device *dev, 4689 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4690 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4691 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4692 struct net_device *dev, 4693 const u8 *addr); 4694 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4695 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4696 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4697 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4698 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4699 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4700 u64 cookie); 4701 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4702 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4703 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4704 u32 changes); 4705 4706 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4707 struct net_device *dev, 4708 const bool enabled); 4709 4710 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4711 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4712 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4713 4714 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4715 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4716 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4717 const u8 *aa); 4718 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4719 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4720 4721 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4722 struct net_device *dev, 4723 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4724 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4725 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 4726 u64 *cookie); 4727 4728 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4729 struct net_device *dev, 4730 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4731 4732 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4733 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4734 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4735 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4736 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4737 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4738 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4739 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4740 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4741 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4742 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4743 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4744 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4745 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4746 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4747 struct net_device *dev, 4748 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4749 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4750 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4751 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4752 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4753 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4754 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4755 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4756 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4757 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4758 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 4759 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4760 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 4761 }; 4762 4763 /* 4764 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4765 * and registration/helper functions 4766 */ 4767 4768 /** 4769 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4770 * 4771 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4772 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. 4773 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4774 * wiphy at all 4775 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4776 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4777 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4778 * reason to override the default 4779 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4780 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4781 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4782 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4783 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4784 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4785 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4786 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4787 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4788 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4789 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4790 * firmware. 4791 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4792 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4793 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4794 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4795 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4796 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4797 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4798 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4799 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4800 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4801 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4802 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4803 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4804 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4805 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4806 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4807 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4808 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4809 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4810 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 4811 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 4812 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 4813 * should set this flag for now. 4814 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 4815 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 4816 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 4817 */ 4818 enum wiphy_flags { 4819 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4820 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 4821 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 4822 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4823 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4824 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4825 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4826 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4827 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4828 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4829 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 4830 /* use hole at 12 */ 4831 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4832 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4833 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4834 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4835 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4836 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4837 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4838 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4839 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4840 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4841 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4842 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 4843 }; 4844 4845 /** 4846 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4847 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4848 * @types: interface types (bits) 4849 */ 4850 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4851 u16 max; 4852 u16 types; 4853 }; 4854 4855 /** 4856 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4857 * 4858 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4859 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4860 * 4861 * Examples: 4862 * 4863 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4864 * 4865 * .. code-block:: c 4866 * 4867 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4868 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4869 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 4870 * }; 4871 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4872 * .limits = limits1, 4873 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4874 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4875 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4876 * }; 4877 * 4878 * 4879 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4880 * 4881 * .. code-block:: c 4882 * 4883 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4884 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4885 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4886 * }; 4887 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4888 * .limits = limits2, 4889 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4890 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4891 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4892 * }; 4893 * 4894 * 4895 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4896 * 4897 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4898 * 4899 * .. code-block:: c 4900 * 4901 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4902 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4903 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4904 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4905 * }; 4906 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4907 * .limits = limits3, 4908 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4909 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4910 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4911 * }; 4912 * 4913 */ 4914 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4915 /** 4916 * @limits: 4917 * limits for the given interface types 4918 */ 4919 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4920 4921 /** 4922 * @num_different_channels: 4923 * can use up to this many different channels 4924 */ 4925 u32 num_different_channels; 4926 4927 /** 4928 * @max_interfaces: 4929 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4930 */ 4931 u16 max_interfaces; 4932 4933 /** 4934 * @n_limits: 4935 * number of limitations 4936 */ 4937 u8 n_limits; 4938 4939 /** 4940 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4941 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4942 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4943 */ 4944 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4945 4946 /** 4947 * @radar_detect_widths: 4948 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4949 */ 4950 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4951 4952 /** 4953 * @radar_detect_regions: 4954 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4955 */ 4956 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4957 4958 /** 4959 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4960 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4961 * 4962 * = 0 4963 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4964 * > 0 4965 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4966 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4967 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4968 */ 4969 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4970 }; 4971 4972 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4973 u16 tx, rx; 4974 }; 4975 4976 /** 4977 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4978 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4979 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4980 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4981 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4982 * packet should be preserved in that case 4983 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4984 * (see nl80211.h) 4985 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4986 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4987 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4988 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4989 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4990 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4991 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4992 */ 4993 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4994 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4995 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4996 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4997 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4998 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4999 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 5000 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 5001 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 5002 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 5003 }; 5004 5005 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 5006 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 5007 u32 data_payload_max; 5008 u32 data_interval_max; 5009 u32 wake_payload_max; 5010 bool seq; 5011 }; 5012 5013 /** 5014 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 5015 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 5016 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 5017 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5018 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5019 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5020 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5021 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 5022 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 5023 * scheduled scans. 5024 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 5025 * details. 5026 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 5027 */ 5028 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 5029 u32 flags; 5030 int n_patterns; 5031 int pattern_max_len; 5032 int pattern_min_len; 5033 int max_pkt_offset; 5034 int max_nd_match_sets; 5035 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5036 }; 5037 5038 /** 5039 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5040 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5041 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5042 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5043 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5044 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5045 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5046 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5047 */ 5048 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5049 int n_rules; 5050 int max_delay; 5051 int n_patterns; 5052 int pattern_max_len; 5053 int pattern_min_len; 5054 int max_pkt_offset; 5055 }; 5056 5057 /** 5058 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5059 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5060 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5061 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5062 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5063 */ 5064 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5065 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5066 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5067 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5068 }; 5069 5070 /** 5071 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5072 * 5073 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5074 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5075 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5076 * 5077 */ 5078 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5079 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5080 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5081 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5082 }; 5083 5084 /** 5085 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5086 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5087 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5088 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5089 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5090 */ 5091 5092 struct sta_opmode_info { 5093 u32 changed; 5094 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5095 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5096 u8 rx_nss; 5097 }; 5098 5099 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5100 5101 /** 5102 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5103 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5104 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5105 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5106 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5107 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5108 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5109 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5110 * dumpit calls. 5111 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5112 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5113 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5114 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5115 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5116 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5117 * are used with dump requests. 5118 */ 5119 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5120 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5121 u32 flags; 5122 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5123 const void *data, int data_len); 5124 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5125 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5126 unsigned long *storage); 5127 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5128 unsigned int maxattr; 5129 }; 5130 5131 /** 5132 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5133 * @iftype: interface type 5134 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5135 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5136 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5137 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5138 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5139 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5140 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5141 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5142 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5143 */ 5144 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5145 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5146 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5147 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5148 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5149 u16 eml_capabilities; 5150 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5151 }; 5152 5153 /** 5154 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5155 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5156 * @type: the interface type to look up 5157 */ 5158 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5159 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5160 5161 /** 5162 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5163 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5164 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5165 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5166 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5167 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5168 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5169 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5170 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5171 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5172 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5173 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5174 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5175 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5176 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5177 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5178 * not limited) 5179 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5180 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5181 */ 5182 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5183 unsigned int max_peers; 5184 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5185 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5186 5187 struct { 5188 u32 preambles; 5189 u32 bandwidths; 5190 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5191 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5192 u8 supported:1, 5193 asap:1, 5194 non_asap:1, 5195 request_lci:1, 5196 request_civicloc:1, 5197 trigger_based:1, 5198 non_trigger_based:1; 5199 } ftm; 5200 }; 5201 5202 /** 5203 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5204 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5205 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5206 * 5207 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5208 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5209 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5210 */ 5211 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5212 u16 iftypes_mask; 5213 const u32 *akm_suites; 5214 int n_akm_suites; 5215 }; 5216 5217 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 5218 5219 /** 5220 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5221 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5222 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5223 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5224 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5225 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5226 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5227 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5228 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5229 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5230 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5231 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5232 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5233 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5234 * iftype_akm_suites. 5235 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5236 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5237 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5238 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5239 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5240 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5241 * suites are specified separately. 5242 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5243 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5244 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5245 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5246 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5247 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5248 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5249 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5250 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5251 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5252 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5253 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5254 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5255 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5256 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5257 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5258 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5259 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5260 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5261 * unregister hardware 5262 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5263 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5264 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5265 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5266 * (see below). 5267 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5268 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5269 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5270 * must be set by driver 5271 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5272 * list single interface types. 5273 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5274 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5275 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5276 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5277 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5278 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5279 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5280 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5281 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5282 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5283 * this variable determines its size 5284 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5285 * any given scan 5286 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5287 * the device can run concurrently. 5288 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5289 * for in any given scheduled scan 5290 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5291 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5292 * supported. 5293 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5294 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5295 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5296 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5297 * scans 5298 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5299 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5300 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5301 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5302 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5303 * scan plan supported by the device. 5304 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5305 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5306 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5307 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5308 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5309 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5310 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5311 * 5312 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5313 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5314 * type 5315 * 5316 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5317 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5318 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5319 * 5320 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5321 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5322 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5323 * 5324 * @probe_resp_offload: 5325 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5326 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5327 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5328 * 5329 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5330 * may request, if implemented. 5331 * 5332 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5333 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5334 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5335 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5336 * 5337 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5338 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5339 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5340 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5341 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5342 * 5343 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5344 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5345 * 5346 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5347 * supports for ACL. 5348 * 5349 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5350 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5351 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5352 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5353 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5354 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5355 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5356 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5357 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5358 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5359 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5360 * capabilities are specified separately. 5361 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5362 * 5363 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5364 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5365 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5366 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5367 * 5368 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5369 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5370 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5371 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5372 * 5373 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5374 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5375 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5376 * infinite. 5377 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5378 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5379 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5380 * 5381 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5382 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5383 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5384 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5385 * 5386 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5387 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5388 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5389 * 5390 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5391 * wake_tx_queue 5392 * 5393 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5394 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5395 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5396 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5397 * 5398 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5399 * 5400 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5401 * device has 5402 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5403 * supported by the driver for each vif 5404 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5405 * supported by the driver for each peer 5406 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5407 * long/short retry configuration 5408 * 5409 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5410 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5411 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5412 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5413 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5414 * 5415 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5416 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5417 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5418 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5419 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5420 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5421 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5422 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5423 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5424 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5425 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5426 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5427 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5428 * 5429 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 5430 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 5431 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 5432 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 5433 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 5434 * specify a mac address). 5435 */ 5436 struct wiphy { 5437 struct mutex mtx; 5438 5439 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5440 5441 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5442 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5443 5444 struct mac_address *addresses; 5445 5446 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5447 5448 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5449 int n_iface_combinations; 5450 u16 software_iftypes; 5451 5452 u16 n_addresses; 5453 5454 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5455 u16 interface_modes; 5456 5457 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5458 5459 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5460 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5461 5462 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5463 5464 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5465 5466 int bss_priv_size; 5467 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5468 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5469 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5470 u8 max_match_sets; 5471 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5472 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5473 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5474 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5475 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5476 5477 int n_cipher_suites; 5478 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5479 5480 int n_akm_suites; 5481 const u32 *akm_suites; 5482 5483 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5484 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5485 5486 u8 retry_short; 5487 u8 retry_long; 5488 u32 frag_threshold; 5489 u32 rts_threshold; 5490 u8 coverage_class; 5491 5492 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5493 u32 hw_version; 5494 5495 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5496 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5497 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5498 #endif 5499 5500 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5501 5502 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5503 5504 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5505 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5506 5507 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5508 5509 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5510 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5511 5512 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5513 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5514 5515 const void *privid; 5516 5517 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5518 5519 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5520 struct regulatory_request *request); 5521 5522 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5523 5524 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5525 5526 struct device dev; 5527 5528 bool registered; 5529 5530 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5531 5532 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5533 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5534 5535 struct list_head wdev_list; 5536 5537 possible_net_t _net; 5538 5539 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5540 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5541 #endif 5542 5543 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5544 5545 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5546 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5547 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5548 5549 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5550 5551 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5552 5553 u32 bss_select_support; 5554 5555 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5556 5557 u32 txq_limit; 5558 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5559 u32 txq_quantum; 5560 5561 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5562 5563 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5564 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5565 5566 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5567 5568 struct { 5569 u64 peer, vif; 5570 u8 max_retry; 5571 } tid_config_support; 5572 5573 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5574 5575 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5576 5577 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5578 5579 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5580 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5581 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 5582 5583 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 5584 5585 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5586 }; 5587 5588 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5589 { 5590 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5591 } 5592 5593 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5594 { 5595 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5596 } 5597 5598 /** 5599 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5600 * 5601 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5602 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5603 */ 5604 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5605 { 5606 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5607 return &wiphy->priv; 5608 } 5609 5610 /** 5611 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5612 * 5613 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5614 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5615 */ 5616 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5617 { 5618 BUG_ON(!priv); 5619 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5620 } 5621 5622 /** 5623 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5624 * 5625 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5626 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5627 */ 5628 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5629 { 5630 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5631 } 5632 5633 /** 5634 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5635 * 5636 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5637 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5638 */ 5639 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5640 { 5641 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5642 } 5643 5644 /** 5645 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5646 * 5647 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5648 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5649 */ 5650 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5651 { 5652 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5653 } 5654 5655 /** 5656 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5657 * 5658 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5659 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5660 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5661 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5662 * 5663 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5664 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5665 * 5666 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5667 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5668 */ 5669 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5670 const char *requested_name); 5671 5672 /** 5673 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5674 * 5675 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5676 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5677 * 5678 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5679 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5680 * 5681 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5682 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5683 */ 5684 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5685 int sizeof_priv) 5686 { 5687 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5688 } 5689 5690 /** 5691 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5692 * 5693 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5694 * 5695 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5696 */ 5697 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5698 5699 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5700 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5701 5702 /** 5703 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5704 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5705 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5706 * 5707 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5708 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5709 */ 5710 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5711 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5712 5713 /** 5714 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5715 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5716 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5717 * 5718 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5719 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5720 */ 5721 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5722 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5723 5724 /** 5725 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5726 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5727 */ 5728 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5729 5730 /** 5731 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5732 * 5733 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5734 * 5735 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5736 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5737 * request that is being handled. 5738 */ 5739 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5740 5741 /** 5742 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5743 * 5744 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5745 */ 5746 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5747 5748 /* internal structs */ 5749 struct cfg80211_conn; 5750 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5751 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5752 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5753 5754 /** 5755 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5756 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5757 * 5758 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that 5759 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking 5760 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot 5761 * differentiate which way it's called. 5762 * 5763 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. 5764 * 5765 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5766 * 5767 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued 5768 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. 5769 */ 5770 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5771 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5772 { 5773 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5774 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5775 } 5776 5777 /** 5778 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5779 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5780 */ 5781 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5782 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5783 { 5784 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5785 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5786 } 5787 5788 struct wiphy_work; 5789 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); 5790 5791 struct wiphy_work { 5792 struct list_head entry; 5793 wiphy_work_func_t func; 5794 }; 5795 5796 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, 5797 wiphy_work_func_t func) 5798 { 5799 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); 5800 work->func = func; 5801 } 5802 5803 /** 5804 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy 5805 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 5806 * @work: the work item 5807 * 5808 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 5809 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 5810 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 5811 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 5812 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 5813 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 5814 */ 5815 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 5816 5817 /** 5818 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work 5819 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 5820 * @work: the work to cancel 5821 * 5822 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 5823 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 5824 */ 5825 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 5826 5827 struct wiphy_delayed_work { 5828 struct wiphy_work work; 5829 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5830 struct timer_list timer; 5831 }; 5832 5833 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); 5834 5835 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 5836 wiphy_work_func_t func) 5837 { 5838 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); 5839 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); 5840 } 5841 5842 /** 5843 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy 5844 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 5845 * @dwork: the delayable worker 5846 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing 5847 * 5848 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 5849 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 5850 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 5851 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 5852 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 5853 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 5854 */ 5855 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5856 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 5857 unsigned long delay); 5858 5859 /** 5860 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work 5861 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 5862 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel 5863 * 5864 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 5865 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 5866 */ 5867 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5868 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 5869 5870 /** 5871 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5872 * 5873 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5874 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5875 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5876 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5877 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 5878 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 5879 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 5880 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 5881 * 5882 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5883 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5884 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5885 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5886 * 5887 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5888 * @iftype: interface type 5889 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 5890 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 5891 * for the notifier 5892 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5893 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5894 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5895 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5896 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 5897 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 5898 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5899 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5900 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5901 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5902 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5903 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5904 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5905 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5906 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5907 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5908 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5909 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5910 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5911 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5912 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5913 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5914 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5915 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5916 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5917 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5918 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5919 * and some API functions require it held 5920 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5921 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5922 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5923 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5924 * the P2P Device. 5925 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5926 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5927 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5928 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5929 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5930 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5931 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5932 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5933 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5934 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5935 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5936 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5937 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5938 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5939 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5940 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5941 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5942 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5943 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5944 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5945 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5946 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5947 * unprotected beacon report 5948 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 5949 * @ap and @client for each link 5950 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 5951 */ 5952 struct wireless_dev { 5953 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5954 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5955 5956 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5957 struct list_head list; 5958 struct net_device *netdev; 5959 5960 u32 identifier; 5961 5962 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5963 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5964 5965 struct mutex mtx; 5966 5967 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 5968 5969 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5970 5971 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5972 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5973 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5974 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5975 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5976 5977 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5978 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5979 5980 struct list_head event_list; 5981 spinlock_t event_lock; 5982 5983 u8 connected:1; 5984 5985 bool ps; 5986 int ps_timeout; 5987 5988 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5989 5990 u32 owner_nlportid; 5991 bool nl_owner_dead; 5992 5993 /* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */ 5994 bool cac_started; 5995 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5996 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5997 5998 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5999 /* wext data */ 6000 struct { 6001 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 6002 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 6003 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 6004 const u8 *ie; 6005 size_t ie_len; 6006 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6007 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6008 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6009 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 6010 bool prev_bssid_valid; 6011 } wext; 6012 #endif 6013 6014 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 6015 6016 struct list_head pmsr_list; 6017 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 6018 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 6019 6020 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 6021 6022 union { 6023 struct { 6024 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6025 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6026 u8 ssid_len; 6027 } client; 6028 struct { 6029 int beacon_interval; 6030 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6031 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6032 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6033 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 6034 } mesh; 6035 struct { 6036 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6037 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6038 u8 ssid_len; 6039 } ap; 6040 struct { 6041 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6042 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6043 int beacon_interval; 6044 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6045 u8 ssid_len; 6046 } ibss; 6047 struct { 6048 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6049 } ocb; 6050 } u; 6051 6052 struct { 6053 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6054 union { 6055 struct { 6056 unsigned int beacon_interval; 6057 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6058 } ap; 6059 struct { 6060 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6061 } client; 6062 }; 6063 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 6064 u16 valid_links; 6065 }; 6066 6067 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6068 { 6069 if (wdev->netdev) 6070 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 6071 return wdev->address; 6072 } 6073 6074 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6075 { 6076 if (wdev->netdev) 6077 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 6078 return wdev->is_running; 6079 } 6080 6081 /** 6082 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 6083 * 6084 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 6085 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 6086 */ 6087 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6088 { 6089 BUG_ON(!wdev); 6090 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 6091 } 6092 6093 /** 6094 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 6095 * @wdev: the wdev 6096 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 6097 * 6098 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 6099 */ 6100 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6101 unsigned int link_id); 6102 6103 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6104 unsigned int link_id) 6105 { 6106 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 6107 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 6108 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 6109 } 6110 6111 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 6112 for (link_id = 0; \ 6113 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 6114 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 6115 link_id++) \ 6116 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 6117 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 6118 6119 /** 6120 * DOC: Utility functions 6121 * 6122 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 6123 */ 6124 6125 /** 6126 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 6127 * 6128 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 6129 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 6130 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 6131 */ 6132 static inline bool 6133 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 6134 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 6135 { 6136 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 6137 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 6138 } 6139 6140 /** 6141 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 6142 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 6143 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 6144 */ 6145 static inline u32 6146 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6147 { 6148 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 6149 } 6150 6151 /** 6152 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 6153 * 6154 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 6155 * @chan: channel 6156 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 6157 */ 6158 enum nl80211_chan_width 6159 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6160 6161 /** 6162 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 6163 * @chan: channel number 6164 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6165 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6166 */ 6167 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 6168 6169 /** 6170 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 6171 * @chan: channel number 6172 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6173 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6174 */ 6175 static inline int 6176 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 6177 { 6178 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 6179 } 6180 6181 /** 6182 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6183 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 6184 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6185 */ 6186 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 6187 6188 /** 6189 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6190 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 6191 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6192 */ 6193 static inline int 6194 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 6195 { 6196 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6197 } 6198 6199 /** 6200 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 6201 * frequency 6202 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6203 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 6204 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6205 */ 6206 struct ieee80211_channel * 6207 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 6208 6209 /** 6210 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 6211 * 6212 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6213 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 6214 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6215 */ 6216 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 6217 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 6218 { 6219 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6220 } 6221 6222 /** 6223 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6224 * @chan: control channel to check 6225 * 6226 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6227 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6228 */ 6229 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6230 { 6231 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6232 return false; 6233 6234 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6235 } 6236 6237 /** 6238 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 6239 * 6240 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6241 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 6242 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 6243 * 6244 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 6245 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 6246 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 6247 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 6248 */ 6249 const struct ieee80211_rate * 6250 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6251 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 6252 6253 /** 6254 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 6255 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6256 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 6257 * 6258 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 6259 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 6260 */ 6261 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6262 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 6263 6264 /* 6265 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 6266 * 6267 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 6268 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 6269 */ 6270 6271 struct radiotap_align_size { 6272 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 6273 }; 6274 6275 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 6276 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 6277 int n_bits; 6278 uint32_t oui; 6279 uint8_t subns; 6280 }; 6281 6282 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 6283 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 6284 int n_ns; 6285 }; 6286 6287 /** 6288 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 6289 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 6290 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 6291 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 6292 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 6293 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 6294 * the beginning of the actual data portion 6295 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 6296 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 6297 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 6298 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 6299 * radiotap namespace or not 6300 * 6301 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 6302 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 6303 * @_arg_index: next argument index 6304 * @_arg: next argument pointer 6305 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 6306 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 6307 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 6308 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6309 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6310 * next bitmap word 6311 * 6312 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6313 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6314 */ 6315 6316 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6317 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6318 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6319 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6320 6321 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6322 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6323 6324 unsigned char *this_arg; 6325 int this_arg_index; 6326 int this_arg_size; 6327 6328 int is_radiotap_ns; 6329 6330 int _max_length; 6331 int _arg_index; 6332 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 6333 int _reset_on_ext; 6334 }; 6335 6336 int 6337 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 6338 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 6339 int max_length, 6340 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 6341 6342 int 6343 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 6344 6345 6346 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 6347 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 6348 6349 /** 6350 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 6351 * 6352 * @skb: the frame 6353 * 6354 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 6355 * returns the 802.11 header length. 6356 * 6357 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 6358 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 6359 * 802.11 header. 6360 */ 6361 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 6362 6363 /** 6364 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 6365 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 6366 * Return: The header length in bytes. 6367 */ 6368 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 6369 6370 /** 6371 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6372 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6373 * (first byte) will be accessed 6374 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6375 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6376 */ 6377 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6378 6379 /** 6380 * DOC: Data path helpers 6381 * 6382 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6383 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6384 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6385 */ 6386 6387 /** 6388 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6389 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6390 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6391 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6392 * @addr: the device MAC address 6393 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6394 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6395 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 6396 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6397 */ 6398 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6399 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6400 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6401 6402 /** 6403 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6404 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6405 * @addr: the device MAC address 6406 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6407 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6408 */ 6409 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6410 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6411 { 6412 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6413 } 6414 6415 /** 6416 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 6417 * 6418 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 6419 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 6420 * mesh control field. 6421 * 6422 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6423 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 6424 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 6425 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6426 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6427 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 6428 */ 6429 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 6430 6431 /** 6432 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6433 * 6434 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6435 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6436 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6437 * 6438 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6439 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6440 * initialized by the caller. 6441 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6442 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6443 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6444 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6445 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6446 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 6447 */ 6448 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6449 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6450 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6451 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 6452 u8 mesh_control); 6453 6454 /** 6455 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 6456 * 6457 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 6458 * protocol. 6459 * 6460 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 6461 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 6462 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 6463 */ 6464 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 6465 6466 /** 6467 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 6468 * 6469 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 6470 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 6471 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 6472 * 6473 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 6474 */ 6475 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 6476 6477 /** 6478 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 6479 * @skb: the data frame 6480 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 6481 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 6482 */ 6483 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 6484 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 6485 6486 /** 6487 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 6488 * 6489 * @eid: element ID 6490 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6491 * @len: length of data 6492 * @match: byte array to match 6493 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6494 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 6495 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 6496 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 6497 * the data portion instead. 6498 * 6499 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6500 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6501 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6502 * requested element struct. 6503 * 6504 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6505 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6506 * byte array to match. 6507 */ 6508 const struct element * 6509 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6510 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6511 unsigned int match_offset); 6512 6513 /** 6514 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6515 * 6516 * @eid: element ID 6517 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6518 * @len: length of data 6519 * @match: byte array to match 6520 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6521 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6522 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6523 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6524 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6525 * the second byte is the IE length. 6526 * 6527 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6528 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6529 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6530 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6531 * element ID. 6532 * 6533 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6534 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6535 * byte array to match. 6536 */ 6537 static inline const u8 * 6538 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6539 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6540 unsigned int match_offset) 6541 { 6542 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6543 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6544 */ 6545 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6546 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6547 return NULL; 6548 6549 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6550 match, match_len, 6551 match_offset ? 6552 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6553 } 6554 6555 /** 6556 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6557 * 6558 * @eid: element ID 6559 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6560 * @len: length of data 6561 * 6562 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6563 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6564 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6565 * requested element struct. 6566 * 6567 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6568 * having to fit into the given data. 6569 */ 6570 static inline const struct element * 6571 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6572 { 6573 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6574 } 6575 6576 /** 6577 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6578 * 6579 * @eid: element ID 6580 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6581 * @len: length of data 6582 * 6583 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6584 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6585 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6586 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6587 * 6588 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6589 * having to fit into the given data. 6590 */ 6591 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6592 { 6593 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6594 } 6595 6596 /** 6597 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6598 * 6599 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6600 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6601 * @len: length of data 6602 * 6603 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 6604 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6605 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6606 * requested element struct. 6607 * 6608 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6609 * having to fit into the given data. 6610 */ 6611 static inline const struct element * 6612 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6613 { 6614 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6615 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6616 } 6617 6618 /** 6619 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 6620 * 6621 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6622 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6623 * @len: length of data 6624 * 6625 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 6626 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6627 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6628 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6629 * 6630 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6631 * having to fit into the given data. 6632 */ 6633 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6634 { 6635 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6636 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 6637 } 6638 6639 /** 6640 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 6641 * 6642 * @oui: vendor OUI 6643 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6644 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6645 * @len: length of data 6646 * 6647 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6648 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 6649 * return the element structure for the requested element. 6650 * 6651 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6652 * the given data. 6653 */ 6654 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6655 const u8 *ies, 6656 unsigned int len); 6657 6658 /** 6659 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 6660 * 6661 * @oui: vendor OUI 6662 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6663 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6664 * @len: length of data 6665 * 6666 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6667 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 6668 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6669 * element ID. 6670 * 6671 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6672 * the given data. 6673 */ 6674 static inline const u8 * 6675 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6676 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 6677 { 6678 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 6679 } 6680 6681 /** 6682 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer 6683 * 6684 * @elem: the element to defragment 6685 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained 6686 * @ieslen: length of @ies 6687 * @data: buffer to store element data 6688 * @data_len: length of @data 6689 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments 6690 * 6691 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error 6692 * 6693 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while 6694 * skipping all headers. 6695 * 6696 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an 6697 * element in-place. 6698 */ 6699 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, 6700 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, 6701 u8 frag_id); 6702 6703 /** 6704 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 6705 * 6706 * @dev: network device 6707 * @addr: STA MAC address 6708 * 6709 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6710 * devices upon STA association. 6711 */ 6712 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6713 6714 /** 6715 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6716 * 6717 * TODO 6718 */ 6719 6720 /** 6721 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6722 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6723 * conflicts) 6724 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6725 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6726 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6727 * alpha2. 6728 * 6729 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6730 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6731 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6732 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6733 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6734 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6735 * 6736 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6737 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6738 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6739 * 6740 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6741 * an -ENOMEM. 6742 * 6743 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6744 */ 6745 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6746 6747 /** 6748 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6749 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6750 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 6751 * 6752 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6753 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6754 * information. 6755 * 6756 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6757 */ 6758 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6759 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6760 6761 /** 6762 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6763 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6764 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6765 * 6766 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6767 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6768 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6769 * 6770 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6771 */ 6772 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6773 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6774 6775 /** 6776 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 6777 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6778 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 6779 * 6780 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 6781 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 6782 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 6783 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 6784 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 6785 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 6786 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 6787 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 6788 * that called this helper. 6789 */ 6790 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6791 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 6792 6793 /** 6794 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 6795 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 6796 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 6797 * 6798 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 6799 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 6800 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 6801 * and processed already. 6802 * 6803 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 6804 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 6805 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 6806 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 6807 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 6808 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 6809 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 6810 */ 6811 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6812 u32 center_freq); 6813 6814 /** 6815 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 6816 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 6817 * 6818 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 6819 * proper string representation. 6820 */ 6821 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 6822 6823 /** 6824 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 6825 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 6826 * 6827 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 6828 */ 6829 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6830 6831 /** 6832 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 6833 * 6834 */ 6835 6836 /** 6837 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 6838 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 6839 * 6840 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 6841 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 6842 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 6843 * 6844 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 6845 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 6846 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 6847 * 6848 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6849 * an -ENODATA. 6850 * 6851 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 6852 */ 6853 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 6854 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 6855 6856 /* 6857 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 6858 * functions and BSS handling helpers 6859 */ 6860 6861 /** 6862 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 6863 * 6864 * @request: the corresponding scan request 6865 * @info: information about the completed scan 6866 */ 6867 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 6868 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 6869 6870 /** 6871 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 6872 * 6873 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 6874 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6875 */ 6876 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6877 6878 /** 6879 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6880 * 6881 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6882 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6883 * 6884 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6885 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6886 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6887 */ 6888 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6889 6890 /** 6891 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6892 * 6893 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6894 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6895 * 6896 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6897 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6898 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6899 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 6900 */ 6901 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6902 6903 /** 6904 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 6905 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6906 * @data: the BSS metadata 6907 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 6908 * @len: length of the management frame 6909 * @gfp: context flags 6910 * 6911 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6912 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6913 * 6914 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6915 * Or %NULL on error. 6916 */ 6917 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6918 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6919 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6920 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6921 gfp_t gfp); 6922 6923 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6924 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6925 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6926 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6927 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6928 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6929 { 6930 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6931 .chan = rx_channel, 6932 .scan_width = scan_width, 6933 .signal = signal, 6934 }; 6935 6936 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6937 } 6938 6939 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6940 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6941 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6942 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6943 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6944 { 6945 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6946 .chan = rx_channel, 6947 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6948 .signal = signal, 6949 }; 6950 6951 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6952 } 6953 6954 /** 6955 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 6956 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 6957 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 6958 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 6959 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 6960 */ 6961 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 6962 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 6963 { 6964 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 6965 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 6966 u64 new_bssid_u64; 6967 6968 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 6969 6970 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 6971 6972 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 6973 } 6974 6975 /** 6976 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6977 * @element: element to check 6978 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6979 */ 6980 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6981 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6982 6983 /** 6984 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6985 * @ie: ies 6986 * @ielen: length of IEs 6987 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6988 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6989 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6990 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6991 */ 6992 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6993 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6994 const struct element *sub_elem, 6995 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6996 6997 /** 6998 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 6999 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 7000 * from a beacon or probe response 7001 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 7002 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 7003 */ 7004 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 7005 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 7006 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 7007 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 7008 }; 7009 7010 /** 7011 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 7012 * @ie: IEs 7013 * @ielen: length of IEs 7014 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 7015 * 7016 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 7017 */ 7018 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7019 enum nl80211_band band); 7020 7021 /** 7022 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 7023 * 7024 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7025 * @data: the BSS metadata 7026 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 7027 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 7028 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 7029 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 7030 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 7031 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 7032 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 7033 * @gfp: context flags 7034 * 7035 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7036 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7037 * 7038 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7039 * Or %NULL on error. 7040 */ 7041 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7042 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7043 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7044 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7045 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7046 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7047 gfp_t gfp); 7048 7049 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7050 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7051 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7052 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 7053 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7054 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7055 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7056 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7057 { 7058 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7059 .chan = rx_channel, 7060 .scan_width = scan_width, 7061 .signal = signal, 7062 }; 7063 7064 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 7065 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 7066 gfp); 7067 } 7068 7069 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7070 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7071 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7072 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7073 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7074 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7075 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7076 { 7077 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7078 .chan = rx_channel, 7079 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 7080 .signal = signal, 7081 }; 7082 7083 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 7084 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 7085 gfp); 7086 } 7087 7088 /** 7089 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7090 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7091 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7092 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7093 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7094 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7095 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7096 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7097 */ 7098 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7099 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7100 const u8 *bssid, 7101 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7102 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7103 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 7104 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7105 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7106 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7107 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 7108 { 7109 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 7110 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 7111 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 7112 } 7113 7114 /** 7115 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 7116 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7117 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 7118 * 7119 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7120 */ 7121 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7122 7123 /** 7124 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 7125 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7126 * @bss: the BSS struct 7127 * 7128 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7129 */ 7130 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7131 7132 /** 7133 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 7134 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7135 * @bss: the bss to remove 7136 * 7137 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 7138 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 7139 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 7140 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 7141 */ 7142 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7143 7144 /** 7145 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 7146 * 7147 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 7148 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 7149 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 7150 * 7151 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7152 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 7153 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 7154 * @iter: the iterator function to call 7155 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 7156 */ 7157 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7158 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7159 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7160 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 7161 void *data), 7162 void *iter_data); 7163 7164 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 7165 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 7166 { 7167 switch (chandef->width) { 7168 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 7169 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 7170 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 7171 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 7172 default: 7173 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 7174 } 7175 } 7176 7177 /** 7178 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 7179 * @dev: network device 7180 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 7181 * @len: length of the frame data 7182 * 7183 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 7184 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 7185 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 7186 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7187 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7188 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7189 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 7190 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 7191 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 7192 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 7193 * 7194 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7195 */ 7196 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7197 7198 /** 7199 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 7200 * @dev: network device 7201 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 7202 * 7203 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 7204 * mutex. 7205 */ 7206 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7207 7208 /** 7209 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - association response data 7210 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 7211 * moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 7212 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 7213 * @len: length of the frame data 7214 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 7215 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 7216 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 7217 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 7218 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 7219 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 7220 * non-MLO connections 7221 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 7222 * were rejected by the AP. 7223 */ 7224 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp { 7225 const u8 *buf; 7226 size_t len; 7227 const u8 *req_ies; 7228 size_t req_ies_len; 7229 int uapsd_queues; 7230 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7231 struct { 7232 const u8 *addr; 7233 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7234 u16 status; 7235 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7236 }; 7237 7238 /** 7239 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 7240 * @dev: network device 7241 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp 7242 * 7243 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7244 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7245 * 7246 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7247 */ 7248 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 7249 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp *data); 7250 7251 /** 7252 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 7253 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 7254 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 7255 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 7256 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 7257 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 7258 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 7259 */ 7260 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 7261 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7262 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7263 bool timeout; 7264 }; 7265 7266 /** 7267 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 7268 * @dev: network device 7269 * @data: data describing the association failure 7270 * 7271 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7272 */ 7273 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 7274 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 7275 7276 /** 7277 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 7278 * @dev: network device 7279 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 7280 * @len: length of the frame data 7281 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 7282 * 7283 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 7284 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 7285 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 7286 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 7287 */ 7288 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7289 bool reconnect); 7290 7291 /** 7292 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 7293 * @dev: network device 7294 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 7295 * @len: length of the frame data 7296 * 7297 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 7298 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 7299 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 7300 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 7301 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 7302 * 7303 * This function may sleep. 7304 */ 7305 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 7306 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7307 7308 /** 7309 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 7310 * @dev: network device 7311 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 7312 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 7313 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 7314 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 7315 * @gfp: allocation flags 7316 * 7317 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 7318 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 7319 * primitive. 7320 */ 7321 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7322 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 7323 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 7324 7325 /** 7326 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 7327 * 7328 * @dev: network device 7329 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 7330 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 7331 * @gfp: allocation flags 7332 * 7333 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 7334 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 7335 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 7336 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 7337 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 7338 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 7339 */ 7340 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7341 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 7342 7343 /** 7344 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 7345 * candidate 7346 * 7347 * @dev: network device 7348 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 7349 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 7350 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 7351 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 7352 * @gfp: allocation flags 7353 * 7354 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 7355 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 7356 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 7357 */ 7358 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 7359 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 7360 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 7361 7362 /** 7363 * DOC: RFkill integration 7364 * 7365 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 7366 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 7367 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 7368 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 7369 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 7370 * 7371 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 7372 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 7373 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 7374 */ 7375 7376 /** 7377 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 7378 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7379 * @blocked: block status 7380 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 7381 */ 7382 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 7383 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 7384 7385 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 7386 { 7387 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 7388 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 7389 } 7390 7391 /** 7392 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 7393 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7394 */ 7395 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7396 7397 /** 7398 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 7399 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7400 */ 7401 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 7402 { 7403 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 7404 } 7405 7406 /** 7407 * DOC: Vendor commands 7408 * 7409 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 7410 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 7411 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 7412 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 7413 * the configuration mechanism. 7414 * 7415 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 7416 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 7417 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 7418 * 7419 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 7420 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 7421 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 7422 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 7423 * managers etc. need. 7424 */ 7425 7426 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7427 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7428 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7429 int approxlen); 7430 7431 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7432 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7433 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7434 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7435 unsigned int portid, 7436 int vendor_event_idx, 7437 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 7438 7439 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 7440 7441 /** 7442 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 7443 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7444 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7445 * be put into the skb 7446 * 7447 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7448 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7449 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 7450 * 7451 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 7452 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7453 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7454 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7455 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7456 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 7457 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 7458 * 7459 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 7460 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 7461 * 7462 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7463 */ 7464 static inline struct sk_buff * 7465 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7466 { 7467 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7468 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 7469 } 7470 7471 /** 7472 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 7473 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7474 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 7475 * 7476 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7477 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 7478 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 7479 * skb regardless of the return value. 7480 * 7481 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7482 */ 7483 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 7484 7485 /** 7486 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 7487 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7488 * 7489 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 7490 * Valid to call only there. 7491 */ 7492 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7493 7494 /** 7495 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 7496 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7497 * @wdev: the wireless device 7498 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7499 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7500 * be put into the skb 7501 * @gfp: allocation flags 7502 * 7503 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7504 * vendor-specific multicast group. 7505 * 7506 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7507 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7508 * attribute. 7509 * 7510 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7511 * skb to send the event. 7512 * 7513 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7514 */ 7515 static inline struct sk_buff * 7516 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7517 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7518 { 7519 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7520 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7521 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7522 } 7523 7524 /** 7525 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 7526 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7527 * @wdev: the wireless device 7528 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7529 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 7530 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7531 * be put into the skb 7532 * @gfp: allocation flags 7533 * 7534 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 7535 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 7536 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 7537 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 7538 * 7539 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7540 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7541 * attribute. 7542 * 7543 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7544 * skb to send the event. 7545 * 7546 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7547 */ 7548 static inline struct sk_buff * 7549 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7550 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7551 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 7552 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7553 { 7554 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7555 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7556 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7557 } 7558 7559 /** 7560 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 7561 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 7562 * @gfp: allocation flags 7563 * 7564 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7565 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 7566 */ 7567 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7568 { 7569 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7570 } 7571 7572 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 7573 /** 7574 * DOC: Test mode 7575 * 7576 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 7577 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 7578 * factory programming. 7579 * 7580 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 7581 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 7582 */ 7583 7584 /** 7585 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 7586 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7587 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7588 * be put into the skb 7589 * 7590 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7591 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7592 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 7593 * 7594 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 7595 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7596 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7597 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7598 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7599 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 7600 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 7601 * 7602 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 7603 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 7604 * 7605 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7606 */ 7607 static inline struct sk_buff * 7608 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7609 { 7610 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7611 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 7612 } 7613 7614 /** 7615 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 7616 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7617 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 7618 * 7619 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7620 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 7621 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 7622 * regardless of the return value. 7623 * 7624 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7625 */ 7626 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 7627 { 7628 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 7629 } 7630 7631 /** 7632 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 7633 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7634 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7635 * be put into the skb 7636 * @gfp: allocation flags 7637 * 7638 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7639 * testmode multicast group. 7640 * 7641 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 7642 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 7643 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 7644 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 7645 * in any other way. 7646 * 7647 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 7648 * skb to send the event. 7649 * 7650 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7651 */ 7652 static inline struct sk_buff * 7653 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 7654 { 7655 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7656 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 7657 approxlen, gfp); 7658 } 7659 7660 /** 7661 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 7662 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7663 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 7664 * @gfp: allocation flags 7665 * 7666 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7667 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 7668 * consumes it. 7669 */ 7670 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7671 { 7672 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7673 } 7674 7675 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 7676 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 7677 #else 7678 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 7679 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 7680 #endif 7681 7682 /** 7683 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 7684 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 7685 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 7686 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 7687 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 7688 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 7689 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 7690 * status for a FILS connection. 7691 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7692 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 7693 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 7694 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7695 */ 7696 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 7697 const u8 *kek; 7698 size_t kek_len; 7699 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 7700 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 7701 const u8 *pmk; 7702 size_t pmk_len; 7703 const u8 *pmkid; 7704 }; 7705 7706 /** 7707 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 7708 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7709 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7710 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7711 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7712 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7713 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7714 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7715 * case. 7716 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 7717 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 7718 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7719 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 7720 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 7721 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7722 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7723 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7724 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7725 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7726 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7727 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 7728 * zero. 7729 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7730 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 7731 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 7732 * connected AP info. 7733 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 7734 * %NULL. 7735 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 7736 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 7737 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 7738 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 7739 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 7740 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 7741 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 7742 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 7743 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 7744 * to be specified. 7745 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 7746 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 7747 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 7748 */ 7749 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 7750 int status; 7751 const u8 *req_ie; 7752 size_t req_ie_len; 7753 const u8 *resp_ie; 7754 size_t resp_ie_len; 7755 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7756 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 7757 7758 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7759 u16 valid_links; 7760 struct { 7761 const u8 *addr; 7762 const u8 *bssid; 7763 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7764 u16 status; 7765 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7766 }; 7767 7768 /** 7769 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7770 * 7771 * @dev: network device 7772 * @params: connection response parameters 7773 * @gfp: allocation flags 7774 * 7775 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7776 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7777 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7778 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7779 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 7780 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7781 */ 7782 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 7783 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 7784 gfp_t gfp); 7785 7786 /** 7787 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7788 * 7789 * @dev: network device 7790 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7791 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7792 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7793 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7794 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7795 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7796 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7797 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7798 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7799 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7800 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7801 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7802 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7803 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7804 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7805 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7806 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7807 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7808 * case. 7809 * @gfp: allocation flags 7810 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7811 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7812 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7813 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7814 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7815 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7816 * 7817 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7818 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7819 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 7820 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 7821 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7822 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7823 */ 7824 static inline void 7825 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7826 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 7827 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 7828 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 7829 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7830 { 7831 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 7832 7833 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 7834 params.status = status; 7835 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 7836 params.links[0].bss = bss; 7837 params.req_ie = req_ie; 7838 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 7839 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 7840 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 7841 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 7842 7843 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 7844 } 7845 7846 /** 7847 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7848 * 7849 * @dev: network device 7850 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7851 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7852 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7853 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7854 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7855 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7856 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7857 * the real status code for failures. 7858 * @gfp: allocation flags 7859 * 7860 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7861 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7862 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 7863 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7864 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7865 */ 7866 static inline void 7867 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7868 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 7869 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 7870 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 7871 { 7872 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 7873 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 7874 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 7875 } 7876 7877 /** 7878 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 7879 * 7880 * @dev: network device 7881 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7882 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7883 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7884 * @gfp: allocation flags 7885 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 7886 * 7887 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 7888 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 7889 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 7890 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 7891 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 7892 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7893 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7894 */ 7895 static inline void 7896 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7897 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 7898 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7899 { 7900 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 7901 gfp, timeout_reason); 7902 } 7903 7904 /** 7905 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 7906 * 7907 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7908 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7909 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7910 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7911 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 7912 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 7913 * Otherwise zero. 7914 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7915 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 7916 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 7917 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 7918 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 7919 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 7920 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 7921 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 7922 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 7923 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 7924 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 7925 */ 7926 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 7927 const u8 *req_ie; 7928 size_t req_ie_len; 7929 const u8 *resp_ie; 7930 size_t resp_ie_len; 7931 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7932 7933 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7934 u16 valid_links; 7935 struct { 7936 const u8 *addr; 7937 const u8 *bssid; 7938 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 7939 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7940 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7941 }; 7942 7943 /** 7944 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 7945 * 7946 * @dev: network device 7947 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 7948 * @gfp: allocation flags 7949 * 7950 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 7951 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 7952 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 7953 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 7954 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 7955 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 7956 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 7957 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 7958 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 7959 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 7960 */ 7961 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 7962 gfp_t gfp); 7963 7964 /** 7965 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 7966 * 7967 * @dev: network device 7968 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7969 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 7970 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 7971 * @gfp: allocation flags 7972 * 7973 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 7974 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 7975 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 7976 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 7977 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 7978 * indicate the 802.11 association. 7979 */ 7980 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7981 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 7982 7983 /** 7984 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 7985 * 7986 * @dev: network device 7987 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 7988 * @ie_len: length of IEs 7989 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 7990 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 7991 * @gfp: allocation flags 7992 * 7993 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 7994 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 7995 */ 7996 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 7997 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 7998 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 7999 8000 /** 8001 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 8002 * @wdev: wireless device 8003 * @cookie: the request cookie 8004 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8005 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 8006 * channel 8007 * @gfp: allocation flags 8008 */ 8009 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8010 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8011 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 8012 8013 /** 8014 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 8015 * @wdev: wireless device 8016 * @cookie: the request cookie 8017 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8018 * @gfp: allocation flags 8019 */ 8020 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8021 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8022 gfp_t gfp); 8023 8024 /** 8025 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 8026 * @wdev: wireless device 8027 * @cookie: the requested cookie 8028 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 8029 * @gfp: allocation flags 8030 */ 8031 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8032 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 8033 8034 /** 8035 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8036 * 8037 * @sinfo: the station information 8038 * @gfp: allocation flags 8039 */ 8040 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8041 8042 /** 8043 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 8044 * @sinfo: the station information 8045 * 8046 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 8047 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 8048 * the stack.) 8049 */ 8050 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 8051 { 8052 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 8053 } 8054 8055 /** 8056 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 8057 * 8058 * @dev: the netdev 8059 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8060 * @sinfo: the station information 8061 * @gfp: allocation flags 8062 */ 8063 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8064 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8065 8066 /** 8067 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8068 * @dev: the netdev 8069 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8070 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 8071 * @gfp: allocation flags 8072 */ 8073 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8074 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8075 8076 /** 8077 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8078 * 8079 * @dev: the netdev 8080 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8081 * @gfp: allocation flags 8082 */ 8083 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 8084 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 8085 { 8086 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 8087 } 8088 8089 /** 8090 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 8091 * 8092 * @dev: the netdev 8093 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8094 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 8095 * @gfp: allocation flags 8096 * 8097 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 8098 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 8099 * for some reasons, this function is called. 8100 * 8101 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 8102 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 8103 */ 8104 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8105 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 8106 gfp_t gfp); 8107 8108 /** 8109 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 8110 * 8111 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 8112 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8113 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 8114 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 8115 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 8116 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8117 * @len: length of the frame data 8118 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8119 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 8120 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 8121 */ 8122 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 8123 int freq; 8124 int sig_dbm; 8125 bool have_link_id; 8126 u8 link_id; 8127 const u8 *buf; 8128 size_t len; 8129 u32 flags; 8130 u64 rx_tstamp; 8131 u64 ack_tstamp; 8132 }; 8133 8134 /** 8135 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 8136 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8137 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 8138 * 8139 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8140 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8141 * 8142 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8143 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8144 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8145 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8146 */ 8147 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8148 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 8149 8150 /** 8151 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8152 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8153 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 8154 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8155 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8156 * @len: length of the frame data 8157 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8158 * 8159 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8160 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8161 * 8162 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8163 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8164 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8165 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8166 */ 8167 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8168 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8169 u32 flags) 8170 { 8171 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8172 .freq = freq, 8173 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8174 .buf = buf, 8175 .len = len, 8176 .flags = flags 8177 }; 8178 8179 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8180 } 8181 8182 /** 8183 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8184 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8185 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 8186 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8187 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8188 * @len: length of the frame data 8189 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8190 * 8191 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8192 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8193 * 8194 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8195 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8196 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8197 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8198 */ 8199 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8200 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8201 u32 flags) 8202 { 8203 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8204 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8205 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8206 .buf = buf, 8207 .len = len, 8208 .flags = flags 8209 }; 8210 8211 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8212 } 8213 8214 /** 8215 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 8216 * 8217 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8218 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 8219 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 8220 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8221 * @len: length of the frame data 8222 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8223 */ 8224 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 8225 u64 cookie; 8226 u64 tx_tstamp; 8227 u64 ack_tstamp; 8228 const u8 *buf; 8229 size_t len; 8230 bool ack; 8231 }; 8232 8233 /** 8234 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 8235 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8236 * @status: TX status data 8237 * @gfp: context flags 8238 * 8239 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8240 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8241 * transmission attempt with extended info. 8242 */ 8243 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8244 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 8245 8246 /** 8247 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 8248 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8249 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8250 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8251 * @len: length of the frame data 8252 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8253 * @gfp: context flags 8254 * 8255 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8256 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8257 * transmission attempt. 8258 */ 8259 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8260 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 8261 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 8262 { 8263 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 8264 .cookie = cookie, 8265 .buf = buf, 8266 .len = len, 8267 .ack = ack 8268 }; 8269 8270 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 8271 } 8272 8273 /** 8274 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 8275 * port frames 8276 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8277 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 8278 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 8279 * @len: length of the frame data 8280 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8281 * @gfp: context flags 8282 * 8283 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 8284 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 8285 * the transmission attempt. 8286 */ 8287 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8288 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 8289 gfp_t gfp); 8290 8291 /** 8292 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 8293 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8294 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 8295 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 8296 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 8297 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 8298 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 8299 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 8300 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 8301 * 8302 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 8303 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 8304 * control port frames over nl80211. 8305 * 8306 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 8307 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 8308 * 8309 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 8310 */ 8311 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 8312 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 8313 8314 /** 8315 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 8316 * @dev: network device 8317 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 8318 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 8319 * @gfp: context flags 8320 * 8321 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 8322 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 8323 */ 8324 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8325 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 8326 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 8327 8328 /** 8329 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 8330 * @dev: network device 8331 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8332 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 8333 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 8334 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 8335 * @gfp: context flags 8336 */ 8337 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8338 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 8339 8340 /** 8341 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 8342 * @dev: network device 8343 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8344 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 8345 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 8346 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 8347 * @gfp: context flags 8348 * 8349 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 8350 * given interval is exceeded. 8351 */ 8352 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8353 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 8354 8355 /** 8356 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 8357 * @dev: network device 8358 * @gfp: context flags 8359 * 8360 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 8361 */ 8362 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 8363 8364 /** 8365 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 8366 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8367 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8368 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 8369 * @gfp: context flags 8370 * 8371 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 8372 */ 8373 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8374 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8375 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 8376 8377 static inline void 8378 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8379 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8380 gfp_t gfp) 8381 { 8382 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 8383 } 8384 8385 static inline void 8386 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8387 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8388 gfp_t gfp) 8389 { 8390 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 8391 } 8392 8393 /** 8394 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 8395 * @dev: network device 8396 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 8397 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 8398 * @gfp: context flags 8399 * 8400 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 8401 * frame. 8402 */ 8403 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 8404 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 8405 gfp_t gfp); 8406 8407 /** 8408 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 8409 * @netdev: network device 8410 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8411 * @event: type of event 8412 * @gfp: context flags 8413 * 8414 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 8415 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 8416 * also by full-MAC drivers. 8417 */ 8418 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8419 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8420 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 8421 8422 /** 8423 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 8424 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8425 * 8426 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 8427 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 8428 */ 8429 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8430 8431 /** 8432 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 8433 * @dev: network device 8434 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 8435 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 8436 * @gfp: allocation flags 8437 */ 8438 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8439 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 8440 8441 /** 8442 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 8443 * @dev: network device 8444 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 8445 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 8446 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 8447 * @gfp: allocation flags 8448 */ 8449 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 8450 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 8451 8452 /** 8453 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 8454 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8455 * @addr: the transmitter address 8456 * @gfp: context flags 8457 * 8458 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8459 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 8460 * sender. 8461 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8462 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8463 */ 8464 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8465 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8466 8467 /** 8468 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 8469 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8470 * @addr: the transmitter address 8471 * @gfp: context flags 8472 * 8473 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8474 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 8475 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 8476 * station to avoid event flooding. 8477 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8478 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8479 */ 8480 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8481 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8482 8483 /** 8484 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 8485 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 8486 * @addr: the address of the peer 8487 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 8488 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 8489 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 8490 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 8491 * @gfp: allocation flags 8492 */ 8493 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8494 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 8495 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 8496 8497 /** 8498 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 8499 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8500 * @frame: the frame 8501 * @len: length of the frame 8502 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 8503 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8504 * 8505 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8506 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8507 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8508 */ 8509 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 8510 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 8511 8512 /** 8513 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 8514 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8515 * @frame: the frame 8516 * @len: length of the frame 8517 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 8518 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8519 * 8520 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8521 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8522 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8523 */ 8524 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8525 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 8526 int freq, int sig_dbm) 8527 { 8528 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8529 sig_dbm); 8530 } 8531 8532 /** 8533 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 8534 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8535 * @chandef: the channel definition 8536 * @iftype: interface type 8537 * 8538 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8539 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 8540 */ 8541 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8542 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8543 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8544 8545 /** 8546 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 8547 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8548 * @chandef: the channel definition 8549 * @iftype: interface type 8550 * 8551 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8552 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 8553 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 8554 * more permissive conditions. 8555 * 8556 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 8557 */ 8558 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8559 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8560 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8561 8562 /* 8563 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 8564 * @dev: the device which switched channels 8565 * @chandef: the new channel definition 8566 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8567 * @punct_bitmap: the new puncturing bitmap 8568 * 8569 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 8570 * driver context! 8571 */ 8572 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8573 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8574 unsigned int link_id, u16 punct_bitmap); 8575 8576 /* 8577 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 8578 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 8579 * @chandef: the future channel definition 8580 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8581 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 8582 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 8583 * @punct_bitmap: the future puncturing bitmap 8584 * 8585 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 8586 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 8587 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 8588 */ 8589 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8590 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8591 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 8592 bool quiet, u16 punct_bitmap); 8593 8594 /** 8595 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 8596 * 8597 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 8598 * @band: band pointer to fill 8599 * 8600 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8601 */ 8602 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 8603 enum nl80211_band *band); 8604 8605 /** 8606 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 8607 * 8608 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8609 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 8610 * 8611 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8612 */ 8613 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8614 u8 *op_class); 8615 8616 /** 8617 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 8618 * 8619 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8620 * 8621 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 8622 */ 8623 static inline u32 8624 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 8625 { 8626 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 8627 } 8628 8629 /* 8630 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 8631 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 8632 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 8633 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 8634 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 8635 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 8636 * @gfp: allocation flags 8637 * 8638 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 8639 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 8640 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 8641 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 8642 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 8643 */ 8644 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8645 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 8646 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 8647 8648 /* 8649 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 8650 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 8651 * 8652 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 8653 */ 8654 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 8655 8656 /** 8657 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 8658 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 8659 * 8660 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 8661 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 8662 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 8663 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 8664 * is unbound from the driver. 8665 * 8666 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8667 */ 8668 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 8669 8670 /** 8671 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 8672 * @dev: the netdev to register 8673 * 8674 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8675 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 8676 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 8677 * instead as well. 8678 * 8679 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8680 */ 8681 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 8682 8683 /** 8684 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 8685 * @dev: the netdev to register 8686 * 8687 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8688 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 8689 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 8690 * usable instead as well. 8691 * 8692 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8693 */ 8694 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 8695 { 8696 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 8697 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 8698 #endif 8699 } 8700 8701 /** 8702 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 8703 * @ies: FT IEs 8704 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 8705 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 8706 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 8707 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 8708 */ 8709 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 8710 const u8 *ies; 8711 size_t ies_len; 8712 const u8 *target_ap; 8713 const u8 *ric_ies; 8714 size_t ric_ies_len; 8715 }; 8716 8717 /** 8718 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 8719 * @netdev: network device 8720 * @ft_event: IE information 8721 */ 8722 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8723 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 8724 8725 /** 8726 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 8727 * @ies: the input IE buffer 8728 * @len: the input length 8729 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 8730 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 8731 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 8732 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 8733 * 8734 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 8735 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 8736 * 8737 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 8738 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 8739 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 8740 */ 8741 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 8742 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 8743 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 8744 8745 /** 8746 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 8747 * @ies: the IE buffer 8748 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8749 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8750 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8751 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8752 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8753 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 8754 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 8755 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8756 * 8757 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8758 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8759 * split. 8760 * 8761 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8762 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8763 * 8764 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8765 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8766 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8767 * 8768 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8769 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8770 * of the buffer should be used. 8771 */ 8772 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8773 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 8774 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 8775 size_t offset); 8776 8777 /** 8778 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 8779 * @ies: the IE buffer 8780 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8781 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8782 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8783 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8784 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8785 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8786 * 8787 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8788 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8789 * split. 8790 * 8791 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8792 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8793 * 8794 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8795 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8796 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8797 * 8798 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8799 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8800 * of the buffer should be used. 8801 */ 8802 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8803 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 8804 { 8805 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 8806 } 8807 8808 /** 8809 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 8810 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 8811 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 8812 * @gfp: allocation flags 8813 * 8814 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 8815 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 8816 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 8817 * else caused the wakeup. 8818 */ 8819 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8820 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 8821 gfp_t gfp); 8822 8823 /** 8824 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 8825 * 8826 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 8827 * @gfp: allocation flags 8828 * 8829 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 8830 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 8831 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 8832 */ 8833 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 8834 8835 /** 8836 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 8837 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8838 * 8839 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 8840 */ 8841 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8842 8843 /** 8844 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 8845 * 8846 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8847 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8848 * 8849 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 8850 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 8851 * the interface combinations. 8852 */ 8853 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8854 struct iface_combination_params *params); 8855 8856 /** 8857 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 8858 * 8859 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8860 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8861 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 8862 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 8863 * 8864 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 8865 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 8866 * purposes. 8867 */ 8868 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8869 struct iface_combination_params *params, 8870 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 8871 void *data), 8872 void *data); 8873 8874 /* 8875 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 8876 * 8877 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8878 * @wdev: wireless device 8879 * @gfp: context flags 8880 * 8881 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 8882 * disconnected. 8883 * 8884 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 8885 */ 8886 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8887 gfp_t gfp); 8888 8889 /** 8890 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 8891 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 8892 * 8893 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 8894 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 8895 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 8896 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 8897 * 8898 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 8899 * the driver while the function is running. 8900 */ 8901 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8902 8903 /** 8904 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 8905 * 8906 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8907 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8908 * 8909 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8910 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8911 */ 8912 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8913 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8914 { 8915 u8 *ft_byte; 8916 8917 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8918 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 8919 } 8920 8921 /** 8922 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 8923 * 8924 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8925 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8926 * 8927 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8928 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8929 */ 8930 static inline bool 8931 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8932 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8933 { 8934 u8 ft_byte; 8935 8936 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8937 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 8938 } 8939 8940 /** 8941 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 8942 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 8943 * 8944 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 8945 */ 8946 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 8947 8948 /** 8949 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 8950 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 8951 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 8952 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 8953 * result. 8954 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 8955 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8956 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 8957 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 8958 * @info_len: the length of the &info 8959 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 8960 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 8961 */ 8962 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 8963 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 8964 u8 inst_id; 8965 u8 peer_inst_id; 8966 const u8 *addr; 8967 u8 info_len; 8968 const u8 *info; 8969 u64 cookie; 8970 }; 8971 8972 /** 8973 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 8974 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8975 * @match: match notification parameters 8976 * @gfp: allocation flags 8977 * 8978 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 8979 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 8980 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 8981 */ 8982 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8983 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 8984 8985 /** 8986 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 8987 * 8988 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8989 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8990 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 8991 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 8992 * @gfp: allocation flags 8993 * 8994 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 8995 */ 8996 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8997 u8 inst_id, 8998 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 8999 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 9000 9001 /* ethtool helper */ 9002 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 9003 9004 /** 9005 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 9006 * @netdev: network device 9007 * @params: External authentication parameters 9008 * @gfp: allocation flags 9009 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 9010 */ 9011 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 9012 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 9013 gfp_t gfp); 9014 9015 /** 9016 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 9017 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9018 * @req: the original measurement request 9019 * @result: the result data 9020 * @gfp: allocation flags 9021 */ 9022 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9023 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9024 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 9025 gfp_t gfp); 9026 9027 /** 9028 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 9029 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9030 * @req: the original measurement request 9031 * @gfp: allocation flags 9032 * 9033 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 9034 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 9035 */ 9036 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9037 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9038 gfp_t gfp); 9039 9040 /** 9041 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 9042 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9043 * @iftype: interface type 9044 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 9045 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 9046 * 9047 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 9048 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 9049 * check_swif is '1'. 9050 */ 9051 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 9052 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 9053 9054 9055 /** 9056 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 9057 * temporarly rejected with a comeback 9058 * @netdev: network device 9059 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the assocation 9060 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 9061 * 9062 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 9063 */ 9064 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 9065 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 9066 9067 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 9068 9069 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 9070 9071 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 9072 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9073 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9074 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9075 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9076 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9077 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9078 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9079 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9080 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9081 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9082 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9083 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9084 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9085 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9086 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9087 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9088 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9089 9090 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9091 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9092 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9093 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9094 9095 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9096 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 9097 9098 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9099 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9100 9101 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 9102 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 9103 #else 9104 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9105 ({ \ 9106 if (0) \ 9107 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 9108 0; \ 9109 }) 9110 #endif 9111 9112 /* 9113 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 9114 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 9115 * file/line information and a backtrace. 9116 */ 9117 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9118 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 9119 9120 /** 9121 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 9122 * @netdev: network device 9123 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 9124 * @gfp: allocation flags 9125 */ 9126 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9127 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 9128 gfp_t gfp); 9129 9130 /** 9131 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 9132 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9133 */ 9134 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9135 9136 /** 9137 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 9138 * @dev: network device 9139 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 9140 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9141 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9142 */ 9143 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9144 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 9145 u64 color_bitmap); 9146 9147 /** 9148 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 9149 * @dev: network device 9150 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9151 */ 9152 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9153 u64 color_bitmap) 9154 { 9155 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 9156 0, color_bitmap); 9157 } 9158 9159 /** 9160 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 9161 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9162 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9163 * 9164 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 9165 */ 9166 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9167 u8 count) 9168 { 9169 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 9170 count, 0); 9171 } 9172 9173 /** 9174 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 9175 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9176 * 9177 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 9178 */ 9179 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) 9180 { 9181 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 9182 0, 0); 9183 } 9184 9185 /** 9186 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 9187 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 9188 * 9189 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 9190 */ 9191 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) 9192 { 9193 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 9194 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 9195 0, 0); 9196 } 9197 9198 /** 9199 * cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap - validate puncturing bitmap 9200 * @bitmap: bitmap to be validated 9201 * @chandef: channel definition 9202 * 9203 * Validate the puncturing bitmap. 9204 * 9205 * Return: %true if the bitmap is valid. %false otherwise. 9206 */ 9207 bool cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap(u16 *bitmap, 9208 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 9209 9210 /** 9211 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. 9212 * @dev: network device. 9213 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. 9214 * 9215 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to 9216 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link 9217 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this 9218 * case disconnect instead. 9219 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. 9220 */ 9221 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); 9222 9223 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 9224